INSERT INTO `wp_posts` VALUES (4884,16,'2011-08-26 09:12:03','2011-08-26 09:12:03','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\r\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a “dummy’s” guide to the DSLR. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\r\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!<br><br> \r\n- <strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!<br><br>\r\n- <strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!<br><br><br>\r\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back next week to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>','DSLR For Dummies - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4879-revision-5','','','2011-08-26 09:12:03','2011-08-26 09:12:03','',4879,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4879-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4885,16,'2011-08-26 09:15:41','2011-08-26 09:15:41','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\r\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a “dummy’s” guide to the DSLR. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\r\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.</li>\r\n<li><strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!</li>\r\n<li><strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!</li>\r\n<li><strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.</li>\r\n<li><strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back next week to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>','DSLR For Dummies - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4879-revision-6','','','2011-08-26 09:15:41','2011-08-26 09:15:41','',4879,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4879-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4881,16,'2011-08-26 09:01:24','2011-08-26 09:01:24','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\r\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a “dummy’s” guide to the DSLR. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\r\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!<br><br> \r\n- <strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!<br><br>\r\n- <strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!<br><br><br>\r\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back next week to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>','','','inherit','open','open','','4879-revision-2','','','2011-08-26 09:01:24','2011-08-26 09:01:24','',4879,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4879-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4882,16,'2011-08-26 09:01:32','2011-08-26 09:01:32','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\r\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a “dummy’s” guide to the DSLR. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\r\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!<br><br> \r\n- <strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!<br><br>\r\n- <strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!<br><br><br>\r\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back next week to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>','','','inherit','open','open','','4879-revision-3','','','2011-08-26 09:01:32','2011-08-26 09:01:32','',4879,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4879-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4883,16,'2011-08-26 09:02:00','2011-08-26 09:02:00','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\r\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a “dummy’s” guide to the DSLR. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\r\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!<br><br> \r\n- <strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!<br><br>\r\n- <strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.<br><br>\r\n- <strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!<br><br><br>\r\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back next week to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>','DSLR For Dummies - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4879-revision-4','','','2011-08-26 09:02:00','2011-08-26 09:02:00','',4879,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4879-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4878,14,'2011-08-26 08:00:34','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Camera Genius #iphone #app- good for beginners, but what about the rest? http://tinyurl.com/43ydnre','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-26 08:00:34','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4878',0,'tweet','',0),(4879,16,'2011-09-05 08:00:32','2011-09-05 08:00:32','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\r\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a DSLR For Dummies guide. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"[[ 128/365 ]], on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/e94a/4911415413/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"333\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/DSLRDummies1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>[[ 128/365 ]]</em>\r\nPhoto by Erin</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.</li>\r\n<li><strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!</li>\r\n<li><strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!</li>\r\n<li><strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.</li>\r\n<li><strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back in the next few days with another DSLR For Dummies guide to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/dslr-for-dummies-part-2.html\" title=\"Read Part 2 of DSLR For Dummies\">Read Part 2 >></a>\r\n\r\nThis post also appears on <a href=\"http://lookwhatmomfound.com/2011/07/dslr-for-dummies.html\" title=\"DSLR For Dummies on Look What Mom Found\">Look What Mom Found.</a>','DSLR For Dummies - Part 1','','publish','open','open','','dslr-for-dummies-part-1','','\nhttp://lookwhatmomfound.com/2011/07/dslr-for-dummies.html','2011-09-19 11:18:58','2011-09-19 11:18:58','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4879',0,'post','',1),(4880,16,'2011-08-26 09:01:21','2011-08-26 09:01:21','First off, we definitely don’t think you’re a dummy! But, maybe you’ve had your eye on a DSLR for a while now, and you just can’t seem to make the full commitment to purchasing one. Or perhaps you’ve already bought a DSLR but haven’t had time to learn how to use it. We get it!<br><br>\nHaving a DSLR is no fun if you feel totally overwhelmed and don’t know where to start! So to help you learn the basics, we’ve put together a “dummy’s” guide to the DSLR. We’re hoping to make things nice and simple so that you can master the terms and skills you need to get great photos with your DSLR (without all the hassle)!<br><br><br>\nLet’s start from the beginning – why would you want a DSLR over a regular compact, or point & shoot camera? There are several reasons:<br><br>\n- <strong>Great depth of field</strong>. Don’t be put off by the technical-sounding term, it simply means that a DSLR gives you the opportunity to take photos with everything in focus, or with beautiful blurred backgrounds. In the photography world, the blurred background technique is known as Bokeh, a Japanese expression. Of course, it’s not just either or, there’s a whole spectrum of possibility when it comes to depth of field in photos taken with a DSLR.<br><br>\n- <strong>Flexibility and creativity</strong>. There’s a great deal of choice when it comes to lenses available for a DSLR, giving you a much wider creative scope. Most DSLRs come with a kit lens that is typically 18-55mm - a good all-rounder. Budget permitting you can add any number of lenses to your kit to get different results. Some typical lenses are telephoto, zoom, wide angle, fish eye, and prime (also called fixed focal-length). If you were to splurge on one lens to get your kit started, go for a 50mm fixed focal length with a minimum f1.8 aperture. Without getting too technical, the aperture is the hole that lets the light into your camera. A small aperture number (like 1.8) actually denotes a large aperture hole. This lens will give you fantastic depth of field, plus it’s perfect for portraits and family shots. Another great lens for beginners is an 18-250mm lens. It allows for wide angle photos, but you can also zoom in close to the subject without changing lenses. Great for keeping things simple!<br><br> \n- <strong>Better photos in low light, without a flash</strong>. Due to the large sensor of the DSLR you’ll get better photos with less light – provided that your model is not a squirming 2-year old!<br><br>\n- <strong>White Balance allows for true-to-life colors</strong>. The white balance is great for correcting color before taking a photo so that the resulting image is more life-like. The white balance presets will help you avoid overly yellow, green, or blue-tinted photos.<br><br>\n- <strong>Easier photo editing</strong>. DSLR cameras have the option of shooting in two different formats, namely JPG or RAW. The RAW format uses more space on your memory card and your hard drive, but because it does not compress any of the data as a JPG does, you have more flexibility when it comes to editing. A great feature for cropping or printing your photos!<br><br><br>\nAs you can see there’s a plethora of benefits that come along with upgrading from an everyday compact camera to a DSLR. So with that said, we’ll let you digest all the reasons you should get a DSLR, and we’ll be back next week to help you get out of the fallback Auto Mode!<br><br>','','','inherit','open','open','','4879-revision','','','2011-08-26 09:01:21','2011-08-26 09:01:21','',4879,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4879-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4876,16,'2011-08-25 14:47:53','2011-08-25 14:47:53','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS iPhone App has a really good selection of features that lets users take, edit, and share not only images but also videos, within the app. It does a good job of outperforming the native app, but it\'s just not quite feature-heavy enough to beat the best. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\r\n<li>Video support</li>\r\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\r\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\r\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\r\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\r\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\r\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\r\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\r\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS is for beginners and novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a cheap, reliable, and most importantly <em>easy</em> iPhone app which serves as a capable replacement for the native camera app. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS iPhone app is a good but not great all-in-one option. It just doesn\'t quite measure up feature-wise when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and Top Camera. For many intermediate to advanced iPhoneographers, it will fall short simply due to the fact that it offers less features than its competitors.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS iPhone app builds on the native camera app by helping users to improve the way they shoot photos. You\'ve got all of the basic shooting features including zoom, flash, and use of both back and front camera (for iPhone 4 users). Also included is a useful anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blurry photos, as well as timer and burst modes.\r\n\r\nThere are a couple of notable shooting features here, namely the \"big button\" which transforms the whole viewfinder into a shutter button. This is really useful if you\'re all thumbs...just tap anywhere on the screen to take your photo! The big button is a big (pun intended) improvement on the painfully small button of the native camera app. Also worthy of an honorable mention is the sound capture mechanism which triggers the shutter button to take a photo on hearing a sound. This feature is really rather unique, and very few apps have it. Of course, the skeptics will say that very few apps have this feature as it\'s not really that useful...but we\'ll leave that for you to decide. \r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects; and the effects can be used on photos from the camera roll or taken in another app. Although the in-app editing gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others have to offer. If you want to really unleash your creativity, you will be better off with a dedicated editing app like FX Photo Studio, or a more advanced all-in-one such as Camera+, both of which offer superb effects.  \r\n\r\nWe do have to give CAMERA GENIUS props for it\'s multiple sharing platforms. Users can share through Email, to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, MobileMe, Picasa, Flickr, and save to the clipboard. Another great perk is that several photos can be shared at one time. \r\n\r\nFinally, beginner users will find the in-app manual really handy as it serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer. Given that the average user will probably not need several all-in-one apps, CAMERA GENIUS iPhone app is probably better left to those looking for a simple alternative to the native camera app. Yes, it\'s good...but there are more comprehensive and ultimately better value for money apps out there. \r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Camera Genius App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 3.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera Genius iPhone App - For Beginner iPhoneographers','','inherit','open','open','','4618-autosave','','','2011-08-25 14:47:53','2011-08-25 14:47:53','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4877,16,'2011-08-25 14:47:47','2011-08-25 14:47:47','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS iPhone App has a really good selection of features that lets users take, edit, and share not only images but also videos, within the app. It does a good job of outperforming the native app, but it\'s just not quite feature-heavy enough to beat the best. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\r\n<li>Video support</li>\r\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\r\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\r\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\r\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\r\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\r\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\r\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\r\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS is for beginners and novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a cheap, reliable, and most importantly <em>easy</em> iPhone app which serves as a capable replacement for the native camera app. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS iPhone app is a good but not great all-in-one option. It just doesn\'t quite measure up feature-wise when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and Top Camera. For many intermediate to advanced iPhoneographers, it will fall short simply due to the fact that it offers less features than its competitors.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS iPhone app builds on the native camera app by helping users to improve the way they shoot photos. You\'ve got all of the basic shooting features including zoom, flash, and use of both back and front camera (for iPhone 4 users). Also included is a useful anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blurry photos, as well as timer and burst modes.\r\n\r\nThere are a couple of notable shooting features here, namely the \"big button\" which transforms the whole viewfinder into a shutter button. This is really useful if you\'re all thumbs...just tap anywhere on the screen to take your photo! The big button is a big (pun intended) improvement on the painfully small button of the native camera app. Also worthy of an honorable mention is the sound capture mechanism which triggers the shutter button to take a photo on hearing a sound. This feature is really rather unique, and very few apps have it. Of course, the skeptics will say that very few apps have this feature as it\'s not really that useful...but we\'ll leave that for you to decide. \r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects; and the effects can be used on photos from the camera roll or taken in another app. Although the in-app editing gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others have to offer. If you want to really unleash your creativity, you will be better off with a dedicated editing app like FX Photo Studio, or a more advanced all-in-one such as Camera+, both of which offer superb effects.  \r\n\r\nWe do have to give CAMERA GENIUS props for it\'s multiple sharing platforms. Users can share through Email, to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, MobileMe, Picasa, Flickr, and save to the clipboard. Another great perk is that several photos can be shared at one time. \r\n\r\nFinally, beginner users will find the in-app manual really handy as it serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer. Given that the average user will probably not need several all-in-one apps, CAMERA GENIUS iPhone app is probably better left to those looking for a simple alternative to the native camera app. Yes, it\'s good...but there are more comprehensive and ultimately better value for money apps out there. \r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Camera Genius App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 3.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera Genius iPhone App - For Beginner iPhoneographers','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-10','','','2011-08-25 14:47:47','2011-08-25 14:47:47','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4875,16,'2011-08-25 14:42:53','2011-08-25 14:42:53','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\n\nCAMERA GENIUS has a really good selection of features that lets users take, edit, and share not only images but also videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app, but it\'s just not quite feature-heavy enough to beat the best. </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\n<li>Video support</li>\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\n<li>Cheap</li>\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nCAMERA GENIUS is for beginners and novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a cheap, reliable, and most importantly <em>easy</em> iPhone app which serves as a capable replacement for the native camera app. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app, but doesn\'t quite measure up feature-wise when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and Top Camera. For many intermediate to advanced iPhoneographers, it will fall short simply due to the fact that it offers less features than its competitors.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nCAMERA GENIUS builds on the native camera app by helping users to improve the way they shoot photos. You\'ve got all of the basic shooting features including zoom, flash, and use of both back and front camera (for iPhone 4 users). Also included is a useful anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blurry photos, as well as timer and burst modes.\n\nThere are a couple of notable shooting features here, namely the \"big button\" which transforms the whole viewfinder into a shutter button. This is really useful if you\'re all thumbs...just tap anywhere on the screen to take your photo! The big button is a big (pun intended) improvement on the painfully small button of the native camera app. Also worthy of an honorable mention is the sound capture mechanism which triggers the shutter button to take a photo on hearing a sound. This feature is really rather unique, and very few apps have it. Of course, the skeptics will say that very few apps have this feature as it\'s not really that useful...but we\'ll leave that for you to decide. \n\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects; and the effects can be used on photos from the camera roll or taken in another app. Although the in-app editing gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others have to offer. If you want to really unleash your creativity, you will be better off with a dedicated editing app like FX Photo Studio, or a more advanced all-in-one such as Camera+, both of which offer superb effects.  \n\nWe do have to give CAMERA GENIUS props for it\'s multiple sharing platforms. Users can share through Email, to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, MobileMe, Picasa, Flickr, and save to the clipboard. Another great perk is that several photos can be shared at one time. \n\nFinally, beginner users will find the in-app manual really handy as it serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer. Given that the average user will probably not need several all-in-one apps, CAMERA GENIUS is probably better left to those looking for a simple alternative to the native camera app. Yes, it\'s good...but there are more comprehensive and ultimately better value for money apps out there. \n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Camera Genius App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 3.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Camera Genius - ','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-9','','','2011-08-25 14:42:53','2011-08-25 14:42:53','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4874,16,'2011-08-25 14:41:53','2011-08-25 14:41:53','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\n\nCAMERA GENIUS has a really good selection of features that lets users take, edit, and share not only images but also videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app, but it\'s just not quite feature-heavy enough to beat the best. </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\n<li>Video support</li>\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\n<li>Cheap</li>\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nCAMERA GENIUS is for beginners and novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a cheap, reliable, and most importantly <em>easy</em> iPhone app which serves as a capable replacement for the native camera app. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app, but doesn\'t quite measure up feature-wise when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and Top Camera. For many intermediate to advanced iPhoneographers, it will fall short simply due to the fact that it offers less features than its competitors.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nCAMERA GENIUS builds on the native camera app by helping users to improve the way they shoot photos. You\'ve got all of the basic shooting features including zoom, flash, and use of both back and front camera (for iPhone 4 users). Also included is a useful anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blurry photos, as well as timer and burst modes.\n\nThere are a couple of notable shooting features here, namely the \"big button\" which transforms the whole viewfinder into a shutter button. This is really useful if you\'re all thumbs...just tap anywhere on the screen to take your photo! The big button is a big (pun intended) improvement on the painfully small button of the native camera app. Also worthy of an honorable mention is the sound capture mechanism which triggers the shutter button to take a photo on hearing a sound. This feature is really rather unique, and very few apps have it. Of course, the skeptics will say that very few apps have this feature as it\'s not really that useful...but we\'ll leave that for you to decide. \n\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects; and the effects can be used on photos from the camera roll or taken in another app. Although the in-app editing gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others have to offer. If you want to really unleash your creativity, you will be better off with a dedicated editing app like FX Photo Studio, or a more advanced all-in-one such as Camera+, both of which offer superb effects.  \n\nWe do have to give CAMERA GENIUS props for it\'s multiple sharing platforms. Users can share through Email, to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, MobileMe, Picasa, Flickr, and save to the clipboard. Another great perk is that several photos can be shared at one time. \n\nFinally, beginner users will find the in-app manual really handy as it serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer. Given that the average user will probably not need several all-in-one apps, CAMERA GENIUS is probably better left to those looking for a simple alternative to the native camera app. Yes, it\'s good...but there are more comprehensive and ultimately better value for money apps out there. \n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Camera Genius App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 3.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Camera Genius - ','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-8','','','2011-08-25 14:41:53','2011-08-25 14:41:53','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4872,16,'2011-08-25 10:36:31','2011-08-25 10:36:31','To continue our series of interviews with iPhoneographers we are very happy to welcome Hope-Valarie Pashos, who has a fascinating take on iPhoneography, with some absolutely brilliant practical tips for macro iPhoneography. Hope recently created a book for her iDrop series, a collection of water droplets photographs taken using the method she explains below! Do not miss this one!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>Thorny Situation Drops</em>, Hope-Valarie Pasho&nbsp;\r\n</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me.\r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Visitor</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\" ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\r\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\r\n\r\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well! Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length.\r\n\r\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\r\n\r\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>Reflection of Maturity</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos\r\n&nbsp;</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it.\r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed.\r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by.\r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start.\r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\" href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\">here.</a>\r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\" href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\">here.</a>','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-19','','','2011-08-25 10:36:31','2011-08-25 10:36:31','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-19.html',0,'revision','',0),(4871,16,'2011-08-24 09:25:27','2011-08-24 09:25:27','To continue our series of interviews with iPhoneographers we are very happy to welcome Hope-Valarie Pashos, who has a fascinating take on iPhoneography, with some absolutely brilliant practical tips for macro iPhoneography. Hope recently created a book for her iDrop series, a collection of water droplets photographs taken using the method she explains below! Do not miss this one!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie3.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>Thorny Situation Drops</em>, Hope-Valarie Pasho&nbsp;\r\n</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nWhen I was little I used to use my father\'s camera ever since I can remember. When I turned 16 I got my first SLR - a Canon AE-1. I used to push the limits of what shots I took. I remember taking tons and tons of slides because the photo developers would process all the slides. With prints, they interpreted my experiments as mistakes! I had to write \"process as is\" on every envelope. The waiting was agony! I finally joined the digital world kicking and screaming. But when I did embrace it, I could not believe how wonderful it was. The only thing I miss about film photography is the smell of a darkroom. I have been a photographer for several years now specializing in sports and nature, one day I didn\'t have my \"big girl\" camera with me, but I did have my iPhone. Suddenly it was like a light went off in my head and I realized how powerful this little phone really is. Now I see how far I can push the limits of the phone. I am having a ball discovering new techniques and new applications.\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\nWhat a loaded question! So many people have so many different interpretations! But for me, I feel that I am constantly still learning what defines iPhoneography. I may be a bit stricter than most about it, but to me it means any photo that was taken and processed on the iPhone. I don\'t have an iPad so I can\'t say whether I would include that in the definition or not. But the ability to take a photo, tweak and process it within a matter or moments is tremendous! I can email photos of people and scenes on the spot! So iPhoneography really means convenience and power to me.\r\n\r\nThe difference is in the immediacy. If I thought my wait time from shot to final product was reduced transitioning from film to digital, it has dropped to zero with the iPhone. I can process quickly and show people how and why I am processing an image the way I am immediately after I shoot the photo. I have begun to joke that I have a camera with me at all times that I sometimes use to call, text and email - so the convenience of iPhoneography is probably the biggest difference with regular photography. The fact that you can do all in one with iPhoneography and with regular photography you need a computer and all the equipment just makes it so simple for anyone to do. It allows photography to be approachable by all.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 2\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie1.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>A Visitor</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>Do you have an iPhoneography style? If so, how would you describe it?</h4>\r\nI tend to experiment more with my iPhone - mainly because I can. But of course what is inside me comes out through my photos and what I know is nature. WIth nature photography I love shooting macro, so I tried as hard as I could to transform my phone into a tool for macro photography. With a little brainstorming and experimentation I figured out that a jeweler\'s loupe was a great external lens to use for macro shots. So while I would love to say my style encompasses everything I shoot with my iPhone, my best work is with nature and macro shots.\r\n<h4>Is it important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nYes I believe it is critical to have an iPhoneography style. Just like any photographer it is important to separate yourself from everyone else and make your art personal. Being able to identify a line-up of photos by the photographer is extremely important to distinguish yourself. A style is much more important to me than a copyright in the corner of the photo. A style is unique and distinct as yourself. Style is something that can\'t be taught or learned though, it is something within each photographer. It will come out through hard work and practice. iPhoneography allows a lot of different styles to emerge that regular photography doesn\'t. For instance, I know photographers that specialize in grunge effects, or some that are experts with HDR or others that use lo-fi effects to the max. There\'s so much choice!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 3\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie4.jpg\" ]\r\n<h4>What\'s your method for taking macro photos with your iPhone?</h4>\r\nI experimented and used a little ingenuity to expand my iPhoneography to include Macro shots. Unsure of the \"add on\" lenses that were being sold and not willing to make any alterations to my camera or case to fit some of these, I tried to figure out a way to accomplish this on my own. After trying out several objects from magnifying glasses to old lenses from a broken DVD player, I settled on a jeweler\'s Loupe. I use a jeweler\'s loupe for many reasons. First of all, I had several from my slide taking days. Second, they come in many different magnifications. And lastly, because of their teardrop design, I could hold it to the lens of the iPhone very easily. My finger slips through the loupe ring while securing it in position.\r\n\r\nThere are several things one must remember about using this method. First of all, the camera isn\'t set up to focus at the distance you are asking it to focus at. So you need to secure the loupe in position and then move your phone back and forth until the phone finds the focal point you are asking it to and the object is in focus. Take several photos of the object if you can. Move slightly back and forth while taking these photos so that you are assured of at least one photo that is in sharp focus. Remember you can always delete the ones that don\'t come out well! Second, remember the size lens of the loupe and make sure it is large enough to cover the lens of the iPhone. If the loupe is too small then some vignetting will occur. While this is not always a bad thing, this will affect your compositions. And finally, it is more important to set up a macro shot than a regular shot since everything will be so magnified. Choose your backgrounds accordingly and remember the background blur that will be created with such a short focal length.\r\n\r\nAnother thing to remember is that the more magnified an object, the easier it is to lose focus due to camera shake. Try to hold as steady as you can, prop your hand on something if possible, use a tripod if you can, anything you can do to keep the camera steady while hitting that shutter button will help your photo. The smaller and lighter a camera is, the easier it is to shake so certainly the iPhone is as easy as they come to be victim to hand shake. As they teach you in regular photography, even hold your breath while taking the shot to minimize even that movement of your body. Sometimes I need to just take a break to remember to breathe!\r\n\r\nMacro iPhoneography can be very rewarding if you learn to do it correctly. Experimentation is key and you will see immediately what works and what doesn\'t. There is a great sense of accomplishment when an iPhone macro shot turns out well. Keep trying. The results are well worth it.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"469\" alt=\"Macro iPhoneography Hope Valarie 4\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hopevalarie2.jpg\" ]\r\n\r\n<center><em>Reflection of Maturity</em>, Hope-Valarie Pashos\r\n&nbsp;</center>&nbsp;\r\n<h4>What would you recommend for a beginner iPhoneographer to easily learn the craft?</h4>\r\nPractice practice practice. Take your iPhone everywhere and try to take as many shots as you can. You will be able to learn the craft through experimentation. You will learn what works for you and what doesn\'t. It\'s not an easy craft to learn - you need to awaken it within you. You can be inspired by others but their style will not be your style, so take as many shots as you can until you find that special shot you know is yours and yours alone. And when that a-ha moment hits, you will know it.\r\n\r\nWe are all constantly learning. There is no ceiling to what we can discover!\r\n<h4>Any other tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nPractice and experiment. Find the subjects that are most appealing to you. You can never take too many digital photos - that is what the delete button is for! With an iPhone you can take a break and look through what you have just shot and learn on the spot - reshoot by making some self corrections and delete the ones that failed.\r\n\r\nWith an iPhone it is extremely easy to take at least one photo every day. By doing this you force yourself to look at the world through a lens. By actively seeing and looking at the world you will discover those found moments that you would miss if you were passively strolling on by.\r\n\r\nThe app store can be an overwhelming place! New apps are released daily and each one of them promises to be the \"best\" post processing app; or the \"only\" post processing app you will need. It\'s easy to fall into the hype of this as a beginner so my advice would be to pick a few apps that you really enjoy and really learn them. Discover what they can do inside and out. Learn all the features. Practice and experiment on each photo you take and that way you will learn what works and what doesn\'t. One of the mistakes budding iPhoneographers make is over-apping a photo. All those apps I mentioned makes it is really tempting to use them all on every photo! But that just makes it look like a mash up. Pick the app that you like the most and use it. Use it a lot. As you learn what a few apps can do then you can branch out and expand your \"camera bag.\" It will make it easier to learn new apps in the future if you really know one or two apps when you first start.\r\n\r\nFind a style that suits you through this period of experimentation and it will definitely come through when shooting a type of shot becomes second nature to you. Knowing why and how to use an app will help develop this style that will be yours and yours alone.\r\n\r\nA collection of Hope\'s macro iPhoneography can be see <a title=\"Hope-Valarie Pashos Macro iPhoneography\" href=\"http://sofobomo.org/book-596-iDrops\">here.</a>\r\n\r\nCheck out Hope\'s other work <a title=\"Hope-Valerie Pashos\" href=\"http://www.saunterings.tumblr.com\">here.</a>','Macro iPhoneography with Hope-Valarie Pashos ','','inherit','open','open','','4714-revision-18','','','2011-08-24 09:25:27','2011-08-24 09:25:27','',4714,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4714-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(3082,16,'2011-05-31 12:02:30','2011-05-31 12:02:30','','checkpoint','','inherit','open','open','','checkpoint','','','2011-05-31 12:02:30','2011-05-31 12:02:30','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/checkpoint.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4869,16,'2011-08-25 10:10:24','2011-08-25 10:10:24','Since the release of Instagram in 2010, it\'s become a roaring global success with literally millions of users uploading photos every day! Of course from this new breed of social media, comes a new type of iPhoneography, in the form of \"Instagramers\". Like Flickr, Instagram has a constant feed of new photographs every day and Instagramers have the opportunity to share their images with their many followers. This week we\'re talking to Instagramer Joe Hermosa, he\'s part of the Instagram group \"gang_family\", so be sure to check out all of his photos there!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>How is iPhoneography different from \"regular\" photography for you?</h4>\r\nIt\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have recently been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I like to try different camera apps to see the different results from each. Hipstamatic has some great lenses and films that produce very cool effects. I sometimes hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, you will get a lot of rejects this way, but every once in awhile you get a really great low-angle shot. If you\'re into street photography, sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to take someones photo, most of the time they will agree. </li>\r\n<li>I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me.  it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! There\'s a lot of good free apps out there, and most are just a couple of bucks. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers. I probably have over 20 apps, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I don\'t remember all the different combinations! Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo my best advice is just to get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-11','','','2011-08-25 10:10:24','2011-08-25 10:10:24','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4870,16,'2011-08-25 10:34:47','2011-08-25 10:34:47','Since the release of Instagram in 2010, it\'s become a roaring global success with literally millions of users uploading photos every day! Of course from this new breed of social media, comes a new type of iPhoneography, in the form of \"Instagramers\". Like Flickr, Instagram has a constant feed of new photographs every day and Instagramers have the opportunity to share their images with their many followers. This week we\'re talking to Instagramer Joe Hermosa, he\'s part of the Instagram group \"gang_family\", so be sure to check out all of his photos there!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>How is iPhoneography different from \"regular\" photography for you?</h4>\r\nIt\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have recently been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I like to try different camera apps to see the different results from each. Hipstamatic has some great lenses and films that produce very cool effects. I sometimes hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, you will get a lot of rejects this way, but every once in awhile you get a really great low-angle shot. If you\'re into street photography, sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to take someones photo, most of the time they will agree. </li>\r\n<li>I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me.  it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! There\'s a lot of good free apps out there, and most are just a couple of bucks. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers. I probably have over 20 apps, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I don\'t remember all the different combinations! Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo my best advice is just to get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-autosave','','','2011-08-25 10:34:47','2011-08-25 10:34:47','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4868,16,'2011-08-25 10:07:45','2011-08-25 10:07:45','Since the release of Instagram in 2010, it\'s become a roaring global success with literally millions of users uploading photos every day! Of course from this new breed of social media, comes a new type of iPhoneography, in the form of \"Instagramers\". Like Flickr, Instagram has a constant feed of new photographs every day and Instagramers have the opportunity to share their images with their many followers. This week we\'re talking to Instagramer Joe Hermosa, he\'s part of the Instagram group \"gang_family\", so be sure to check out all of his photos there!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>How is iPhoneography different from \"regular\" photography for you?</h4>\r\nIt\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have recently been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I like to try different camera apps to see the different results from each. Hipstamatic has some great lenses and films that produce very cool effects. I sometimes hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, you will get a lot of rejects this way, but every once in awhile you get a really great low-angle shot. If you\'re into street photography, sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to take someones photo, most of the time they will agree. </li>\r\n<li>I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me.  it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! There\'s a lot of good free apps out there, and most are just a couple of bucks. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers. I probably have over 20 apps, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I don\'t remember all the different combinations! Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo my best advice is just to get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-10','','','2011-08-25 10:07:45','2011-08-25 10:07:45','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4867,16,'2011-08-25 10:06:54','2011-08-25 10:06:54','Since the release of Instagram in 2010, it\'s become a roaring global success with literally millions of users uploading photos every day! Of course from this new breed of social media, comes a new type of iPhoneography, in the form of \"Instagramers\". Like Flickr, Instagram has a constant feed of new photographs every day and Instagramers have the opportunity to share their images with their many followers. This week we\'re talking to Instagramer Joe Hermosa, he\'s part of the Instagram group gang_family \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>How is iPhoneography different from \"regular\" photography for you?</h4>\r\nIt\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have recently been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I like to try different camera apps to see the different results from each. Hipstamatic has some great lenses and films that produce very cool effects. I sometimes hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, you will get a lot of rejects this way, but every once in awhile you get a really great low-angle shot. If you\'re into street photography, sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to take someones photo, most of the time they will agree. </li>\r\n<li>I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me.  it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! There\'s a lot of good free apps out there, and most are just a couple of bucks. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers. I probably have over 20 apps, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I don\'t remember all the different combinations! Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo my best advice is just to get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-9','','','2011-08-25 10:06:54','2011-08-25 10:06:54','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4866,16,'2011-08-25 09:59:30','2011-08-25 09:59:30','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>How is iPhoneography different from \"regular\" photography for you?</h4>\r\nIt\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have been blessed to have been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I like to try different camera apps to see the different results from each. Hipstamatic has some great lenses and films that produce very cool effects. I sometimes hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, you will get a lot of rejects this way, but every once in awhile you get a really great low-angle shot. If you\'re into street photography, sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to take someones photo, most of the time they will agree. </li>\r\n<li>I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me.  it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! There\'s a lot of good free apps out there, and most are just a couple of bucks. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers. I probably have over 20 apps, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I don\'t remember all the different combinations! Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo my best advice is just to get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-8','','','2011-08-25 09:59:30','2011-08-25 09:59:30','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4864,16,'2011-08-25 09:26:35','2011-08-25 09:26:35','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. It\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have been blessed to have been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I try different cameras that come with apps for the iPhone to see the effects they produce. Hipstamatic has some very nice combination of lenses and films that produce a variety of very cool effects. At times I hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, this produces a lot of rejects, but at times it produces very neat low angle shots. At times I pretend I am taking a portrait of a friend and will actually shoot somebody as they get close or pass by. Sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to photograph an individual, most of the times they will agree. I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me. Many of the apps are free, some are just $1.00 or $2.00. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers.I probably have over 20 apps, which seems like a lot, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nI really love using all different iPhone apps because they produce different results, it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I do not remember all the different combinations. Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process. \r\n\r\nSo ultimately just get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-6','','','2011-08-25 09:26:35','2011-08-25 09:26:35','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4862,16,'2011-08-25 09:19:43','2011-08-25 09:19:43','\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Greg Schmigel Cafe Racer \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. It\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have been blessed to have been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I try different cameras that come with apps for the iPhone to see the effects they produce. Hipstamatic has some very nice combination of lenses and films that produce a variety of very cool effects. At times I hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, this produces a lot of rejects, but at times it produces very neat low angle shots. At times I pretend I am taking a portrait of a friend and will actually shoot somebody as they get close or pass by. Sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to photograph an individual, most of the times they will agree. I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me. Many of the apps are free, some are just $1.00 or $2.00. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers.I probably have over 20 apps, which seems like a lot, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nI really love using all different iPhone apps because they produce different results, it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I do not remember all the different combinations. Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process. \r\n\r\nSo ultimately just get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-4','','','2011-08-25 09:19:43','2011-08-25 09:19:43','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4865,16,'2011-08-25 09:37:44','2011-08-25 09:37:44','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. It\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have been blessed to have been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I like to try different camera apps to see the different results from each. Hipstamatic has some great lenses and films that produce very cool effects. I sometimes hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, you will get a lot of rejects this way, but every once in awhile you get a really great low-angle shot. If you\'re into street photography, sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to take someones photo, most of the time they will agree. </li>\r\n<li>I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me.  it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! There\'s a lot of good free apps out there, and most are just a couple of bucks. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers. I probably have over 20 apps, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I don\'t remember all the different combinations! Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo my best advice is just to get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-7','','','2011-08-25 09:37:44','2011-08-25 09:37:44','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4863,16,'2011-08-25 09:26:01','2011-08-25 09:26:01','\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. It\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have been blessed to have been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I try different cameras that come with apps for the iPhone to see the effects they produce. Hipstamatic has some very nice combination of lenses and films that produce a variety of very cool effects. At times I hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, this produces a lot of rejects, but at times it produces very neat low angle shots. At times I pretend I am taking a portrait of a friend and will actually shoot somebody as they get close or pass by. Sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to photograph an individual, most of the times they will agree. I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me. Many of the apps are free, some are just $1.00 or $2.00. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers.I probably have over 20 apps, which seems like a lot, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nI really love using all different iPhone apps because they produce different results, it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I do not remember all the different combinations. Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process. \r\n\r\nSo ultimately just get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-5','','','2011-08-25 09:26:01','2011-08-25 09:26:01','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4857,16,'2011-08-25 08:51:22','2011-08-25 08:51:22','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalist are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. It\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have been blessed to have been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\nIt is important to hold your camera very still for best quality. You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I sometimes like to walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot. \r\n\r\nI try different cameras that come with apps for the iPhone to see the effects they produce. Hipstamatic has some very nice combination of lenses and films that produce a variety of very cool effects. At times I hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, this produces a lot of rejects, but at times it produces very neat low angle shots. At times I pretend I am taking a portrait of a friend and will actually shoot somebody as they get close or pass by. Sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to photograph an individual, most of the times they will agree. I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me. Many of the apps are free, some are just $1.00 or $2.00. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers.I probably have over 20 apps, which seems like a lot, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. \r\n\r\nFor editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters. \r\n\r\nI really enjoy using the apps because they produce different results, it is like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I do not remember all the different combinations. Sometimes I run the photo through the same app different times. So, get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-2','','','2011-08-25 08:51:22','2011-08-25 08:51:22','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4858,16,'2011-08-25 08:53:28','2011-08-25 08:53:28','','Calm Resaca','','inherit','open','open','','calm-resaca','','','2011-08-25 08:53:28','2011-08-25 08:53:28','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4859,16,'2011-08-25 08:53:49','2011-08-25 08:53:49','','Early Morning Birds','','inherit','open','open','','early-morning-birds','','','2011-08-25 08:53:49','2011-08-25 08:53:49','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4860,16,'2011-08-25 08:53:52','2011-08-25 08:53:52','','Mellow Morning Sun','','inherit','open','open','','mellow-morning-sun','','','2011-08-25 08:53:52','2011-08-25 08:53:52','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4861,16,'2011-08-25 08:51:37','2011-08-25 08:51:37','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalist are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. It\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have been blessed to have been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\nIt is important to hold your camera very still for best quality. You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I sometimes like to walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot. \r\n\r\nI try different cameras that come with apps for the iPhone to see the effects they produce. Hipstamatic has some very nice combination of lenses and films that produce a variety of very cool effects. At times I hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, this produces a lot of rejects, but at times it produces very neat low angle shots. At times I pretend I am taking a portrait of a friend and will actually shoot somebody as they get close or pass by. Sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to photograph an individual, most of the times they will agree. I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me. Many of the apps are free, some are just $1.00 or $2.00. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers.I probably have over 20 apps, which seems like a lot, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. \r\n\r\nFor editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters. \r\n\r\nI really enjoy using the apps because they produce different results, it is like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I do not remember all the different combinations. Sometimes I run the photo through the same app different times. So, get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision-3','','','2011-08-25 08:51:37','2011-08-25 08:51:37','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4856,16,'2011-08-25 08:47:40','2011-08-25 08:47:40','<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalist are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. It\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\n\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \n\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have been blessed to have been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \n\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\nIt is important to hold your camera very still for best quality. You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I sometimes like to walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot. \n\nI try different cameras that come with apps for the iPhone to see the effects they produce. Hipstamatic has some very nice combination of lenses and films that produce a variety of very cool effects. At times I hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, this produces a lot of rejects, but at times it produces very neat low angle shots. At times I pretend I am taking a portrait of a friend and will actually shoot somebody as they get close or pass by. Sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to photograph an individual, most of the times they will agree. I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me. Many of the apps are free, some are just $1.00 or $2.00. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers.I probably have over 20 apps, which seems like a lot, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. \n\nFor editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters. \n\nI really enjoy using the apps because they produce different results, it is like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I do not remember all the different combinations. Sometimes I run the photo through the same app different times. So, get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography with Joe Hermosa ','','inherit','open','open','','4855-revision','','','2011-08-25 08:47:40','2011-08-25 08:47:40','',4855,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4855-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4853,14,'2011-08-25 08:15:27','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Camera+ #iPhone #App - exactly what you need, plus a little bit more! http://tinyurl.com/3otzx74','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-25 08:15:27','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4853',0,'tweet','',0),(4854,16,'2011-08-25 08:15:26','2011-08-25 08:15:26','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ iPhone app is an easy-to-use all-around photography app that is great for people looking to replace the native camer app with additional features. What makes it so fantastic? It does basically everything you want it to do for you...and it\'s simple! With all of its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look great. In fact, this app does not only make images look great...it makes them look stunning!\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for extra versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of interesting and fun filters for getting creative </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Great crop ratios</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ iPhone App is for anyone looking for a great alternative to the native camera app. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will turn your iPhone camera into a great bit of kit for iPhoneography!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features, plus super speedy performance, CAMERA+ is worthy of a prime location in your  iPhone app library. You might even say it\'s good enough to be your go-to app for shooting on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came into play, CAMERA+ iPhone app was already changing mobile photography. CAMERA+ is another all-in-one app where you can do everything from take photos, edit them using the presets available, adjust other important elements, and export them...all with great ease and speed.  \r\n\r\nOne of the best features of this app is its many photo capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points before shooting to really customize the camera. There are four (4) shooting modes to choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of the modes work really well, especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app simply does not take a shot unless the camera is still enough to get a sharp photo. \r\n\r\nComposing within the app is easy using the grid overlay, which is great if you\'re using the rule of thirds to compose your shot. When you are shooting in low lighting conditions, there’s a photo flash feature that can help bring a little more light to the scene. \r\n\r\nBut it\'s the CAMERA+’s Lightbox that is a real feat of genius. Much like a professional photographer’s lightbox it shows a number of recently processed slide films pinned so you can take a better look at the details. In the lightbox you can add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are also a handful of effects to choose from, and it must be said that these are no flimsy effects, they\'re all really solid. If you\'re still looking for more effects, you can buy additional effects, such as the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack plus several more, from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nIn addition to the effects you can jazz up your photo a little bit more using the Scene modes. With options like Sunset, Portrait, Backlit and Clarity there\'s something great for every photo. We particularly like the Clarity mode as it transforms the photo, intensifying the color, and adding an HDR quality to the image. This feature alone makes this app purchase-worthy.  \r\n\r\nOur only (minor) gripe is not being able to save a customized workflow. There are lots of options and features within the app, and all can be combined to achieve the look you want, but unfortunately there\'s no way to save your custom settings together. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This is also a problem for those of us who use lots of creative filters and effects...how the heck are you supposed to remember what you\'ve done every time? Write it down? Nah, that\'s just inconvenient. So we\'re definitely hoping for this to be remedied in the next update! \r\n\r\nWhat we really love about the CAMERA+ iPhone app is that it\'s not the type of app packed with random features so that it can be tagged “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is a solid photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a useful app that does exactly what it says on the tin...or description...as the case may be. Solid recommendation from us! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+ iPhone App - Exactly What You Need','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-13','','','2011-08-25 08:15:26','2011-08-25 08:15:26','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(4969,16,'2011-08-06 14:08:36','2011-08-06 14:08:36','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA app for iPhone is a complete, one-stop shop for all your iPhoneography needs. It brings a lot to the table and is capable of shooting, editing, and sharing photos in-app, doing them all so well that you might be left to wonder why you need all those other apps... </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\r\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\r\n<li>Packed with lots of editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\r\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\r\n<li>Share images through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\r\n<li>Intuitive</li>\r\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\r\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\r\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\r\n<li>Several sharing options</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>No means yet to compare edited photo to the original version</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone looking for a solid app that can cover shooting, editing, and sharing both swiftly and easily. TOP CAMERA app is great for beginners as it\'s easy to use and not at all intimidating; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is chock full of features iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app, you might just be tempted to give up all your other camera replacement apps for this one. Yes, it\'s that good. [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nIn many aspects, TOP CAMERA is definitely ahead of the pack. What makes it so much better than its competitors? It has tons of practical features, and just generally makes iPhoneography much easier. It\'s as if the developers just picked every useful feature of the (many) camera replacement apps out there, threw in some additional functions and effects and rolled out the TOP CAMERA app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera delivers in almost every aspect and completely squashes the iPhone native camera app. The best shooting features include: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and much much more. There’s also a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps such as ProHDR. We are particularly impressed with the slow shutter mode of this app, it\'s great for night photography and flowing water, and we are simply astounded with the outputs. \r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can also enhance pretty much every aspect of your photos including saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. And if that\'s not enough, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders available to boost the photo. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – something most other camera replacement apps out there do not feature. Sharing is also a breeze through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is truly at the TOP of the game (pun intended). This is like buying (at least) 4 apps-in-one! Highly recommended! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\r\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Top Camera App For iPhone – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-12','','','2011-08-06 14:08:36','2011-08-06 14:08:36','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4855,16,'2011-09-01 10:07:47','2011-09-01 10:07:47','Since the release of Instagram in 2010, it\'s become a roaring global success with literally millions of users uploading photos every day! Of course from this new breed of social media, comes a new type of iPhoneography, in the form of \"Instagramers\". Like Flickr, Instagram has a constant feed of new photographs every day and Instagramers have the opportunity to share their images with their many followers. This week we\'re talking to Instagramer Joe Hermosa, he\'s part of the Instagram group \"gang_family\", so be sure to check out all of his photos there!  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Mellow Morning Sun\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Mellow-Morning-Sun-.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Mellow Morning Sun</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\nI retired at the beginning of 2011 from a South Texas Newspaper after having worked for more than 30 years as a photo editor/photojournalist. After retiring and hanging up my DSLR\'s for a few months, I thought I would not photograph for a while. I felt like I was burned out. My son, Scott, also known as @scotthermosa_gf on Instagram, came to the rescue when he told me that he had joined a group of people known as \"Instagramers\", and that it was a lot of fun and good interaction between the members. He showed me his iPhone 4 and all of the amazingly different artistic photos he had taken and uploaded to Instagram. This got me excited as I had originally started photography as an art and not as a photojournalist. Photojournalists are not encouraged to change the \"reality of the moment.\" It is unethical for a photojournalist to change the contents of a photo or to over-process it. I decided I wanted to join Instagram, but my problem was...I had no iPhone and did not want to spend the money just to test the waters. Scott came to my salvation, he had an iPhone 3G which he let me have and I have been using it ever since for Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>How is iPhoneography different from \"regular\" photography for you?</h4>\r\nIt\'s been a steep learning curve since I had to learn about all the different apps that can be used with the iPhone to enhance the photos. I still carry a Canon SX 10is for long shots I cannot reach with the iPhone. Using the iPhone is simple and fun. I photograph people without them knowing I am shooting, shoot in places that frown on big \"professional\" DSLR\'s, and I always have the iPhone with me. For me it\'s fun that there\'s no focusing, no adjusting aperture or shutter speeds, I don\'t have to worry about white balance...it\'s similar to shooting with a plastic Holga or Diana camera...great fun!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\nI do not feel that I have a definite iPhoneography style. As a photojournalist I shot anything and everything under all types of conditions and circumstances. With the iPhone I shoot a diversity of subjects such as sunsets, sunrises, street photography, portraits, landscapes, seascapes, animals, architecture and flowers. I definitely see many Instagramers who have a defined photographic style. A lot of their work is very beautiful and having a definite style works for them, but I think I would get bored shooting just one type of subject and using the same technique or apps on every photo. I really enjoy playing around with different apps to get different results. There are probably millions of combinations available when you take into account all the apps and filters available. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Calm Resaca\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Calm-Resaca.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Calm Resaca</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What advice do you have for budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\nI would recommend that beginner iPhoneographers join Instagram, where they can interact with different photographers and learn by studying other great photography. There are a lot of iPhoneographers out there who will share information and tips to help beginners. But most importantly, get out and shoot all the time! You will get a lot of rejects at the beginning, but with time, you will definitely see an improvement in your work. Spend time learning the apps for your phone, ask people for feedback on your photographs, make friends who can help you by giving an objective opinion. I have recently been invited to become a member of a group of awesome photographers known as gang_family who are a tight knit group that help each other and hold challenges within Instagram. \r\n\r\n<h4>Any practical tips you could share to achieve great iPhotos?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>It is important to get a good grip on the camera and hold it very still to get the best quality photos. It seems so simple but it really works! You might already know that with the iPhone camera, you can push the shutter button and it will not fire until you release it. I occasionally walk around holding down the shutter button and when I see the photo I gently release it. If you put headphones on your iPhone, people think you are listening to music and you can do a stealth shot.</li>\r\n<li>I like to try different camera apps to see the different results from each. Hipstamatic has some great lenses and films that produce very cool effects. I sometimes hold the camera by my leg and shoot without viewing, you will get a lot of rejects this way, but every once in awhile you get a really great low-angle shot. If you\'re into street photography, sometimes you just need to put on your friendly face and ask for permission to take someones photo, most of the time they will agree. </li>\r\n<li>I use different apps simply because I enjoy the surprise of seeing different results. Actually all this technology amazes me.  it is a bit like Christmas for me, I never know what I am going to get! There\'s a lot of good free apps out there, and most are just a couple of bucks. This is nothing compared to the hundreds of dollars paid for photo editing programs for computers. I probably have over 20 apps, but I know other Iphoneographers who have many more. A lot of amazing work can be produced with just a few apps. When somebody asks me what apps I used, I usually answer \"Many.\" Not because I do not want to share information, but because I don\'t remember all the different combinations! Sometimes I run the photo through the same app at different times in the editing process.</li>\r\n<li>For editing, I almost always begin with Camera+, which I use for cropping and it also has a filter called Clarity that enhances almost any photograph. I also use FX PhotoStudio quite a bit. This app is amazing...it has 194 effects like black and white, color temperature, hue, overlay and tons more. You can spend all day just working with this app. After that I move on to Dynamic Light which gives very soft photos using Orton or very crispy sharp photos using HDR which means High Dynamic Range. Now I am ready to upload the photos through Instagram. The only filter that I may use in Instagram if I am looking for a soft, old school look is Earlybird, but most of the time I don\'t use any filters.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Joe Hermosa Early Morning Birds \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Early-Morning-Birds.jpg\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" /><center><p><em>Early Morning Birds</em>, Joe Hermosa</p></center>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nSo my best advice is just to get out there, shoot, edit, upload and let the world see your awesome work. Adios, from Pepechulo_gf (on Instagram).  ','iPhoneography With Instagramer Joe Hermosa','','publish','open','open','','iphoneography-with-instagramer-joe-hermosa','','','2011-09-26 09:10:18','2011-09-26 09:10:18','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4855',0,'post','',0),(4852,16,'2011-08-25 08:14:30','2011-08-25 08:14:30','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ iPhone app is an easy-to-use all-around photography app that is great for people looking to replace the native camer app with additional features. What makes it so fantastic? It does basically everything you want it to do for you...and it\'s simple! With all of its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look great. In fact, this app does not only make images look great...it makes them look stunning!\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for extra versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of interesting and fun filters for getting creative </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Great crop ratios</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ iPhone App is for anyone looking for a great alternative to the native camera app. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will turn your iPhone camera into a great bit of kit for iPhoneography!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features, plus super speedy performance, CAMERA+ is worthy of a prime location in your  iPhone app library. You might even say it\'s good enough to be your go-to app for shooting on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came into play, CAMERA+ iPhone app was already changing mobile photography. CAMERA+ is another all-in-one app where you can do everything from take photos, edit them using the presets available, adjust other important elements, and export them...all with great ease and speed.  \r\n\r\nOne of the best features of this app is its many photo capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points before shooting to really customize the camera. There are four (4) shooting modes to choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of the modes work really well, especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app simply does not take a shot unless the camera is still enough to get a sharp photo. \r\n\r\nComposing within the app is easy using the grid overlay, which is great if you\'re using the rule of thirds to compose your shot. When you are shooting in low lighting conditions, there’s a photo flash feature that can help bring a little more light to the scene. \r\n\r\nBut it\'s the CAMERA+’s Lightbox that is a real feat of genius. Much like a professional photographer’s lightbox it shows a number of recently processed slide films pinned so you can take a better look at the details. In the lightbox you can add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are also a handful of effects to choose from, and it must be said that these are no flimsy effects, they\'re all really solid. If you\'re still looking for more effects, you can buy additional effects, such as the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack plus several more, from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nIn addition to the effects you can jazz up your photo a little bit more using the Scene modes. With options like Sunset, Portrait, Backlit and Clarity there\'s something great for every photo. We particularly like the Clarity mode as it transforms the photo, intensifying the color, and adding an HDR quality to the image. This feature alone makes this app purchase-worthy.  \r\n\r\nOur only (minor) gripe is not being able to save a customized workflow. There are lots of options and features within the app, and all can be combined to achieve the look you want, but unfortunately there\'s no way to save your custom settings together. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This is also a problem for those of us who use lots of creative filters and effects...how the heck are you supposed to remember what you\'ve done every time? Write it down? Nah, that\'s just inconvenient. So we\'re definitely hoping for this to be remedied in the next update! \r\n\r\nWhat we really love about the CAMERA+ iPhone app is that it\'s not the type of app packed with random features so that it can be tagged “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is a solid photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a useful app that does exactly what it says on the tin...or description...as the case may be. Solid recommendation from us! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+ iPhone App - Exactly What You Need','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-12','','','2011-08-25 08:14:30','2011-08-25 08:14:30','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(3700,16,'2011-07-04 09:07:13','2011-07-04 09:07:13','Since the iPhone camera is really quite small in comparison to other point & shoot cameras – with the largest being the iPhone 4 at an overall not THAT impressive 5 megapixels. So needless to say the lens capability of the iPhone is pretty limited. Sure, the iPhone has digital zoom, but let’s face it, digital zoom is not that useful when you have to sacrifice the quality of your images just to get a closer image. \r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Old Trafford iPhone Fisheye by Toby Donaldson, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/eztobyd/5713843343/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"496\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/fisheye.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Old Trafford iPhone Fisheye</em>\r\nPhoto by Toby Donaldson</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nSo if you want to get a bit tricky with your iPhone camera, and take your iPhone photos to the next level, there are some pretty cool add-on iPhone lenses to consider. You might be thinking, “Do I really need to buy lenses for my iPhone?” The answer to that is if you’re anything like all of us at The Beginners Lens, then yes…probably! If like many fans of iPhoneography you are looking for some quick and easy ways to make your iPhone a little bit more fun, and a whole lot more versatile (without breaking the bank) then lenses are the way to go. \r\n\r\nMost iPhone lenses are attached using a sleeve and threaded screw, or by a small magnet glued to the phone or case. We would definitely recommend you go for the external sleeve option as it provides more scope for upgrading down the line as the magnet is a one-time only use, and if you get the placement wrong, you’ll have to buy a completely new magnet – what a waste!\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Fisheye Lens With Sleeve\" href=\"http://www.pocket-lint.com/news/40099/thumbs-up-fisheye-lens-iphone\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"615\" height=\"365\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/fisheyewithsleeve.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Fisheye Lens With External Sleeve</em></p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nThere’s quite a good selection of lenses available including fisheye, macro, wide angle, sparkle effect, starburst effect, tri-image mirage, even telescope zoom which offers up to 8x optical zoom, plus more. Some of the lenses even come equipped with an add-on flash, to accommodate for the early iPhones that do not have a built-in flash. But do keep in mind that many of the lenses are not powered, so forget about the autofocus…be prepared to make manual adjustments. Prices are quite reasonable and range anywhere from $15 up, sure, you could spend a bomb but in many cases you don’t need to as the less expensive versions give a very good effect, making them a fun, inexpensive way to experiment with your iPhone camera. \r\n\r\nHey, what about the apps? With over 400,000 apps in the app store there might be a digital way to achieve the same effect that you could with the lens. But truthfully, most of the apps don’t hold a candle to what can be done with the actual hardware, so if you’re big into iPhoneography treat yourself to a little piece of glass that can do big things for your iPhone photos.\r\n','Add-on iPhone Lenses','','publish','open','open','','add-on-iphone-lenses','','','2011-07-04 09:10:20','2011-07-04 09:10:20','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3700',0,'post','',0),(4235,16,'2011-07-28 11:30:46','2011-07-28 11:30:46','','hipstamatic4','','inherit','open','open','','hipstamatic4','','','2011-07-28 11:30:46','2011-07-28 11:30:46','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4236,16,'2011-07-28 11:26:23','2011-07-28 11:26:23','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick way to learn the basics? This post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\r\n\r\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\r\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\r\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Day 190/365, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tylersilva/4779673639/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/ipadiphone.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Day 190/365</em>\r\nPhoto by Tyler</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by  using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n\r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of the Hipstamatic How-To Guides. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-7','','','2011-07-28 11:26:23','2011-07-28 11:26:23','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4238,16,'2011-07-28 11:34:03','2011-07-28 11:34:03','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick way to learn the basics? This post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nTo see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\r\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\r\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by  using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n\r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of the Hipstamatic How-To Guides. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-9','','','2011-07-28 11:34:03','2011-07-28 11:34:03','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4239,16,'2011-07-28 11:34:34','2011-07-28 11:34:34','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick way to learn the basics? This post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nTo see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\r\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\r\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Hipstamatic2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by  using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n\r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of the Hipstamatic How-To Guides. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-10','','','2011-07-28 11:34:34','2011-07-28 11:34:34','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4240,16,'2011-07-28 11:38:20','2011-07-28 11:38:20','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick Hipstamatic guide to learn the basics? Well, this post is for you! \n\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \n\nLet\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\n\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \n\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \n\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \n\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \n\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\nTo see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window: \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \n\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \n\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Hipstamatic2.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \n\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \n\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \n\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\n\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \n\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \n\nThat concludes Part 1 of our <strong>Hipstamatic How-To Guides</strong>. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \n\n\n\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-11','','','2011-07-28 11:38:20','2011-07-28 11:38:20','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4241,16,'2011-07-28 11:41:21','2011-07-28 11:41:21','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick Hipstamatic guide to learn the basics? Well, this post is for you! \n\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \n\n<strong>Let\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: </strong>\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\n\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \n\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \n\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \n\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \n\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\nTo see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window: \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \n\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \n\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Hipstamatic2.png\"  ]\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \n\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \n\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \n\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\n\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \n\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \n\nThat concludes Part 1 of our <strong>Hipstamatic How-To Guides</strong>. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \n\n\n\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-12','','','2011-07-28 11:41:21','2011-07-28 11:41:21','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4243,16,'2011-07-28 13:07:46','2011-07-28 13:07:46','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\n\nWith AUTOSTITCH, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. With AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the scene, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get the results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\n\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\n\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n&nbsp;\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-autosave','','','2011-07-28 13:07:46','2011-07-28 13:07:46','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4244,16,'2011-07-28 11:55:51','2011-07-28 11:55:51','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitches them into a seamless panorama.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Resulting photo can be cropped manually or automatically</li>\r\n	<li>Panoramas can be shared to others via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Neat layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken using an iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tendency to commit ghosting</li>\r\n	<li>Some area/s of a stitched photo may not appear sharp</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into nice-looking panoramas and wide-angle shots. More advanced stitching programs like Photoshop is recommended for the pro users as the very basic features of the app may leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably the most basic app out there but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH, you need not to take a few steps back so you can capture more details of a scene. Thanks to this app, you won’t be restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera. Just launch this app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it affords users to spend less time tinkering with the photo and more time to enjoy shooting many subjects. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nSure AUTOSTITCH also has its share of shortcomings, particularly some ghosting and blurring on an area of of an image. But if the photo is viewed on sites such as Facebook, the said effect in unnoticeable at all. It would have been great as well had AutoStitch been equipped with a stand-alone camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then go to AutoStitch to render them.\r\n\r\nBut for just two bucks, considering all the pros of the app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-5','','','2011-07-28 11:55:51','2011-07-28 11:55:51','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4245,16,'2011-07-28 12:02:40','2011-07-28 12:02:40','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into a seamless panorama. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Resulting photo can be cropped manually or automatically</li>\r\n	<li>Panoramas can be shared to others via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Neat layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken using an iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tendency to commit ghosting</li>\r\n	<li>Some area/s of a stitched photo may not appear sharp</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into nice-looking panoramas and wide-angle shots. More advanced stitching programs like Photoshop is recommended for the pro users as the very basic features of the app may leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably the most basic app out there but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH, you need not to take a few steps back so you can capture more details of a scene. Thanks to this app, you won’t be restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera. Just launch this app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it affords users to spend less time tinkering with the photo and more time to enjoy shooting many subjects. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nSure AUTOSTITCH also has its share of shortcomings, particularly some ghosting and blurring on an area of of an image. But if the photo is viewed on sites such as Facebook, the said effect in unnoticeable at all. It would have been great as well had AutoStitch been equipped with a stand-alone camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then go to AutoStitch to render them.\r\n\r\nBut for just two bucks, considering all the pros of the app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-6','','','2011-07-28 12:02:40','2011-07-28 12:02:40','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4978,16,'2011-08-30 12:30:07','2011-08-30 12:30:07','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\r\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\r\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done...with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get panoramic results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\r\n\r\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for AutoStitch\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give AutoStitch 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-15','','','2011-08-30 12:30:07','2011-08-30 12:30:07','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(4246,16,'2011-07-28 13:08:30','2011-07-28 13:08:30','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\r\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\r\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done… with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get panoramic results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\r\n\r\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-7','','','2011-07-28 13:08:30','2011-07-28 13:08:30','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(3095,16,'2011-06-13 15:08:26','2011-06-13 15:08:26','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\"><img title=\"montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\" alt=\"Photo Montages with Montager\" width=\"300\" height=\"405\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"This is Montager App\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montagerlogo.png\" alt=\"Montager App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nMontager is a fantastic FREE app for creating photo montages on-the-go!&nbsp;</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>12 different montage styles</li>\r\n	<li>Uses 3 photos per montage</li>\r\n	<li>Easily share montages via email</li>\r\n	<li>Free app, with in-app upgrade</li>\r\n	<li>Low resolution for Free app / high resolution for Pro app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Free</li>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>Great for simple montages</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution good enough for email</li>\r\n	<li>Cheeky hidden toolbar</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Resolution not good enough for print</li>\r\n	<li>Montager watermark on montages made in free version</li>\r\n	<li>Would be nice to have the ability to choose the number of photos for your montage (3 is the default)</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Great free app, useful for those who want to make simple montages to email to friends and family - would be really great if the resolution were higher![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<p>\r\n&nsbp;\r\n</p>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nAll-in-all Montager is a great, simple easy-to-use photo montage app. The user interface couldn\'t be any easier to use, you simply open up Montager and double-tap one of three areas on the screen to add a photo from your camera roll. The toolbar is brought onto the screen by a single tap, and lets you quickly shuffle through montage styles, add a border, rotate your photos, share your photos, and delete your montage. Montager have added a cool little extra to the app - sending 3 montages via email unlocks a white border option for your photo montages.\r\n\r\nThe biggest drawback to the free version of Montager is the resolution of your saved montages, the default is 480 x 320 pixels, which is really only good enough for web-based viewing, or for email. If you intend to print your montages, you absolutely must go for the Pro version which will set you back $1.99. If you make a lot of montages, would to get rid of the watermark, or you want to print your montages - Pro is the only way to go!\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<p>>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<img src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\">\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>','Photo Montages with Montager','','publish','open','open','','photo-montages-with-montager','','','2011-07-22 06:28:24','2011-07-22 06:28:24','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3095',0,'post','',0),(4024,16,'2011-07-21 09:19:37','2011-07-21 09:19:37','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\"><img title=\"montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\" alt=\"Photo Montages with Montager\" width=\"300\" height=\"405\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"This is Montager App\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montagerlogo.png\" alt=\"Montager App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nMontager is a fantastic FREE app for creating photo montages on-the-go!&nbsp;</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>12 different montage styles</li>\r\n	<li>Uses 3 photos per montage</li>\r\n	<li>Easily share montages via email</li>\r\n	<li>Free app, with in-app upgrade</li>\r\n	<li>Low resolution for Free app / high resolution for Pro app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Free</li>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>Great for simple montages</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution good enough for email</li>\r\n	<li>Cheeky hidden toolbar</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Resolution not good enough for print</li>\r\n	<li>Montager watermark on montages made in free version</li>\r\n	<li>Would be nice to have the ability to choose the number of photos for your montage (3 is the default)</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Great free app, useful for those who want to make simple montages to email to friends and family - would be really great if the resolution were higher![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</p>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nAll-in-all Montager is a great, simple easy-to-use photo montage app. The user interface couldn\'t be any easier to use, you simply open up Montager and double-tap one of three areas on the screen to add a photo from your camera roll. The toolbar is brought onto the screen by a single tap, and lets you quickly shuffle through montage styles, add a border, rotate your photos, share your photos, and delete your montage. Montager have added a cool little extra to the app - sending 3 montages via email unlocks a white border option for your photo montages.\r\n\r\nThe biggest drawback to the free version of Montager is the resolution of your saved montages, the default is 480 x 320 pixels, which is really only good enough for web-based viewing, or for email. If you intend to print your montages, you absolutely must go for the Pro version which will set you back $1.99. If you make a lot of montages, would to get rid of the watermark, or you want to print your montages - Pro is the only way to go!\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Montager\" alt=\"We give Montager 3.5 Flashes\">\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\">Learn more about our rating system.</a> ','Photo Montages with Montager','','inherit','open','open','','3095-revision-3','','','2011-07-21 09:19:37','2011-07-21 09:19:37','',3095,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3095-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4025,16,'2011-07-21 09:20:42','2011-07-21 09:20:42','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\"><img title=\"montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\" alt=\"Photo Montages with Montager\" width=\"300\" height=\"405\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"This is Montager App\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montagerlogo.png\" alt=\"Montager App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nMontager is a fantastic FREE app for creating photo montages on-the-go!&nbsp;</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>12 different montage styles</li>\r\n	<li>Uses 3 photos per montage</li>\r\n	<li>Easily share montages via email</li>\r\n	<li>Free app, with in-app upgrade</li>\r\n	<li>Low resolution for Free app / high resolution for Pro app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Free</li>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>Great for simple montages</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution good enough for email</li>\r\n	<li>Cheeky hidden toolbar</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Resolution not good enough for print</li>\r\n	<li>Montager watermark on montages made in free version</li>\r\n	<li>Would be nice to have the ability to choose the number of photos for your montage (3 is the default)</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Great free app, useful for those who want to make simple montages to email to friends and family - would be really great if the resolution were higher![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</p>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nAll-in-all Montager is a great, simple easy-to-use photo montage app. The user interface couldn\'t be any easier to use, you simply open up Montager and double-tap one of three areas on the screen to add a photo from your camera roll. The toolbar is brought onto the screen by a single tap, and lets you quickly shuffle through montage styles, add a border, rotate your photos, share your photos, and delete your montage. Montager have added a cool little extra to the app - sending 3 montages via email unlocks a white border option for your photo montages.\r\n\r\nThe biggest drawback to the free version of Montager is the resolution of your saved montages, the default is 480 x 320 pixels, which is really only good enough for web-based viewing, or for email. If you intend to print your montages, you absolutely must go for the Pro version which will set you back $1.99. If you make a lot of montages, would to get rid of the watermark, or you want to print your montages - Pro is the only way to go!\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n&nbsp\r\n<img src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\">\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\">Learn more about our rating system.</a> ','Photo Montages with Montager','','inherit','open','open','','3095-revision-4','','','2011-07-21 09:20:42','2011-07-21 09:20:42','',3095,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3095-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4026,16,'2011-07-21 09:21:23','2011-07-21 09:21:23','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\"><img title=\"montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montager.png\" alt=\"Photo Montages with Montager\" width=\"300\" height=\"405\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<img title=\"This is Montager App\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/montagerlogo.png\" alt=\"Montager App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nMontager is a fantastic FREE app for creating photo montages on-the-go!&nbsp;</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>12 different montage styles</li>\r\n	<li>Uses 3 photos per montage</li>\r\n	<li>Easily share montages via email</li>\r\n	<li>Free app, with in-app upgrade</li>\r\n	<li>Low resolution for Free app / high resolution for Pro app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Free</li>\r\n	<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n	<li>Great for simple montages</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution good enough for email</li>\r\n	<li>Cheeky hidden toolbar</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Resolution not good enough for print</li>\r\n	<li>Montager watermark on montages made in free version</li>\r\n	<li>Would be nice to have the ability to choose the number of photos for your montage (3 is the default)</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Great free app, useful for those who want to make simple montages to email to friends and family - would be really great if the resolution were higher![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n</p>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nAll-in-all Montager is a great, simple easy-to-use photo montage app. The user interface couldn\'t be any easier to use, you simply open up Montager and double-tap one of three areas on the screen to add a photo from your camera roll. The toolbar is brought onto the screen by a single tap, and lets you quickly shuffle through montage styles, add a border, rotate your photos, share your photos, and delete your montage. Montager have added a cool little extra to the app - sending 3 montages via email unlocks a white border option for your photo montages.\r\n\r\nThe biggest drawback to the free version of Montager is the resolution of your saved montages, the default is 480 x 320 pixels, which is really only good enough for web-based viewing, or for email. If you intend to print your montages, you absolutely must go for the Pro version which will set you back $1.99. If you make a lot of montages, would to get rid of the watermark, or you want to print your montages - Pro is the only way to go!\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<img src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\">\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\">Learn more about our rating system.</a> ','Photo Montages with Montager','','inherit','open','open','','3095-revision-5','','','2011-07-21 09:21:23','2011-07-21 09:21:23','',3095,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3095-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5140,5,'2011-09-06 08:21:23','2011-09-06 08:21:23','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"311\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phoster-1.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/phosterlogo.png\" alt=\"Phoster App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nCreate your own posters, flyers, and invitations with Phoster for iPhone. Use the ready-made templates or customize the template to fit your project…whatever the occasion, there\'s a Phoster for you. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Bucket Labs</li>\r\n<li>Make your own posters and invitations</li>\r\n<li>72 free templates with multiple designs</li>\r\n<li>Use photos from camera roll or in-app camera</li>\r\n<li>Shares to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, Tumblr, Instagram, email, and several other apps</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>User-friendly</li>\r\n<li>Slick, clean templates</li>\r\n<li>Use filters and other decorations to jazz up your posters</li>\r\n<li>Print posters with AirPrint</li>\r\n<li>Save as high-resolution files</li>\r\n<li>In-app user manual</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Moving text can be a little bit cumbersome</li>\r\n<li>Changing text color can also be a little bit cumbersome - especially if you have large fingers</li>\r\n<li>No easy undo action</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPhoster is great for anyone looking to create fun posters, invites, and other slick designs of text over photos. Fun and simple!  \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]What can we say…Phoster is slick, clean, fun, and functional. It doesn\'t get much better than that.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhat can we say about this app, other than we love it. It\'s fun, it\'s slick, it\'s well-designed, and it\'s useful. Even if you haven\'t got any posters or invitations to make you\'ll easily find some excuse to use it. The free templates are really well put together, and it seems there\'s a template for every occasion. \r\n\r\nThe user interface is simple and well-designed, and easy-to-use. You simply begin by choosing your poster template, uploading a photo from your camera roll (or taking a photo with the in-app camera) and then editing to your specification. The in-app photo editing features include brightness, contrast, and saturation; and you can customize every part of the text including size, color, and font style. Easily scroll through the text using the previous / next buttons. After creating and editing your poster, add filters and effects, then share with friends. \r\n\r\nDespite the apps pure awesomeness, there\'s a few small gripes - there is no easy Undo action, which would be really useful given that if you make a mistake that you really want to fix it means starting all over again. A real bummer if you\'ve got an awesome poster in the works. The only other small (and it\'s really small) gripe is that if you want to move the text to another location on the poster you must hold and drag - not a massive problem but it can be a little bit difficult to drag and drop each separate text line into place. \r\n\r\nGiven the few small idioms, on the whole Phoster is definitely a must-have for anyone into photography, design, and typography. It\'s a fun way to make posters, flyers, invitations and other quirky signs on your iPhone. \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Phoster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Phoster 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n','Phoster for iPhone - A Fun Mix of Photos & Design','','inherit','open','open','','4979-revision-16','','','2011-09-06 08:21:23','2011-09-06 08:21:23','',4979,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4979-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(4619,14,'2011-08-07 15:27:58','2011-08-07 15:27:58','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\n\nCAMERA GENIUS has a dozen of camera features that lets users take, edit, and share not only their images but also their videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app but not enough to beat the best photo apps. </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Developed by  CodeGoo\n•	DSLR interface with video support\n•	Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot\n•	Editing and adjustment tools \n•	Photography manual for tips and tutorials\n•	Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.\n•	Costs $0.99\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	App works smoothly\n•	Allows both picture and video taking\n•	Multiple sharing options\n•	Presence of in-app manual\n•	Cheap\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nCAMERA GENIUS is for the novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a dirt cheap iPhone app which can serve as a very able replacement for the built-in Camera app. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app. But when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and the new Top Camera, it comes up short to being an ultimate go-to app.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nCAMERA GENIUS maximizes the functionality of the native built-in camera of the iPhone by hoisting decent features that attempt to improve how users shoot photos. The basic – but perfectly necessary – ones are present: zoom, flash on/off, and use of both back and front camera. There’s also an anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blur in your shots as well as timer and burst modes.\n\nOne cool addition is the big button photography which transforms the majority of the interface into a huge button that shoots a photo. This is good if you’re the type who is all thumbs as you can just tap anywhere on your iPhone screen. This is in stark contrast of the painfully small button of the native camera app.\n\nAnother is the sound capture which triggers the app to shoot a photo when the mic picks up a sound. We think this is a rather unique feature we haven’t seen in other apps yet.\n\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects for users’ disposal. Though it gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others offer. If you want to have more room for creativity, you will be better off with say Camera+ which offers not just decent effects but also amazing ones.\n\nBut what we really have to commend about CAMERA GENIUS is the ability for user to share to multiple sites like Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, and MobileMe. Photos can also be shared all at once. It also provides a handy manual which serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer.\n\nAn average user perhaps will find it hard to manage a bunch of photo apps especially if they belong to the same category. Considering that CAMERA GENIUS is just a step above being mediocre for an all-around app, we feel that if there’s a dozen of this kind app installed on our iPhone and we want to keep just the really good ones, this app will be one of the first to get the boot.\n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\"TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Camera Genius','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision','','','2011-08-07 15:27:58','2011-08-07 15:27:58','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4622,14,'2011-08-25 08:15:26','2011-08-25 08:15:26','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ iPhone app is an easy-to-use all-around photography app that is great for people looking to replace the native camer app with additional features. What makes it so fantastic? It does basically everything you want it to do for you...and it\'s simple! With all of its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look great. In fact, this app does not only make images look great...it makes them look stunning!\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for extra versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of interesting and fun filters for getting creative </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Great crop ratios</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ iPhone App is for anyone looking for a great alternative to the native camera app. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will turn your iPhone camera into a great bit of kit for iPhoneography!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features, plus super speedy performance, CAMERA+ is worthy of a prime location in your  iPhone app library. You might even say it\'s good enough to be your go-to app for shooting on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came into play, CAMERA+ iPhone app was already changing mobile photography. CAMERA+ is another all-in-one app where you can do everything from take photos, edit them using the presets available, adjust other important elements, and export them...all with great ease and speed.  \r\n\r\nOne of the best features of this app is its many photo capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points before shooting to really customize the camera. There are four (4) shooting modes to choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of the modes work really well, especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app simply does not take a shot unless the camera is still enough to get a sharp photo. \r\n\r\nComposing within the app is easy using the grid overlay, which is great if you\'re using the rule of thirds to compose your shot. When you are shooting in low lighting conditions, there’s a photo flash feature that can help bring a little more light to the scene. \r\n\r\nBut it\'s the CAMERA+’s Lightbox that is a real feat of genius. Much like a professional photographer’s lightbox it shows a number of recently processed slide films pinned so you can take a better look at the details. In the lightbox you can add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are also a handful of effects to choose from, and it must be said that these are no flimsy effects, they\'re all really solid. If you\'re still looking for more effects, you can buy additional effects, such as the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack plus several more, from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nIn addition to the effects you can jazz up your photo a little bit more using the Scene modes. With options like Sunset, Portrait, Backlit and Clarity there\'s something great for every photo. We particularly like the Clarity mode as it transforms the photo, intensifying the color, and adding an HDR quality to the image. This feature alone makes this app purchase-worthy.  \r\n\r\nOur only (minor) gripe is not being able to save a customized workflow. There are lots of options and features within the app, and all can be combined to achieve the look you want, but unfortunately there\'s no way to save your custom settings together. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This is also a problem for those of us who use lots of creative filters and effects...how the heck are you supposed to remember what you\'ve done every time? Write it down? Nah, that\'s just inconvenient. So we\'re definitely hoping for this to be remedied in the next update! \r\n\r\nWhat we really love about the CAMERA+ iPhone app is that it\'s not the type of app packed with random features so that it can be tagged “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is a solid photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a useful app that does exactly what it says on the tin...or description...as the case may be. Solid recommendation from us! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Camera+ iPhone App - Exactly What You Need','','publish','open','open','','camera-plus-iphone-app-exactly-what-you-need','','\nhttp://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/','2011-08-30 12:24:55','2011-08-30 12:24:55','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4622',0,'post','',1),(4623,14,'2011-08-07 15:50:08','2011-08-07 15:50:08','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\n\nCAMERA+ is an all-around photography app for the iPhone that does basically everything you want it to do for you. With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look right. In fact, this app does not only make images look right; it makes them look stunning.\n\n</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	Developed by tap tap tap\n	Touch Exposure and Focus for the ultimate control\n	Various shooting modes for the ultimate versatility\n	Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement\n	Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots\n	With photo flashlight\n	Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr\n	Costs $1.99\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Intuitive user interface\n•	Lots of creative filters for the artsy \n•	Many useful scene modes and photo effects\n•	Tons of borders available, and crop ratios too\n•	Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos\n•	Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos\n•	Loads and works very fast\n\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\n\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for the best possible way to shoot photos. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will make you love your iPhone more as a photography equipment.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features it offers plus its speedy performance, CAMERA+ deserves to have a spot in your iPhone. No, it’s more than that. It deserves to be your go-to app for your iPhoneography needs.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came out in the market, CAMERA+ was already there changing and revolutionizing mobile photography.\n\nCAMERA+ basically does everything within the app– take photos, edit them using the presets available and adjust some other elements, and export them. \n\nOne of the most amazing features of this app is its capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use a couple of your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points prior to shooting an image. There are four (4) modes you can choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of these work very effectively especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app does not let you take a shot unless you’re holding the camera still. \n\nComposing a shot will not be a problem as there’s a grid overlay that can guide you in following the rule of thirds. When you are shooting under tough lighting condition, there’s a photo flash feature that can help you brighten up the scene. \n\nYou can then access the captured photo through CAMERA+’s Lightbox. It looks like a professional photographer’s lightbox with a number of recently processed slide films pinned for closer scrutiny. Here you can choose to add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are a handful of effects to choose from and we have to say that the app really offers a solid effects selection. If you still want to add some more, you can buy additional effects like the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack from the in-app store.\n\nTo add more zest to your photo, you can adjust its look through the Scene mode feature. There are options like Sunset, Portrait, and Backlit. One scene mode that we really like is Clarity. It transforms photos in a fantastic way. It intensifies the color rendition and adds some HDR look to it. We have seen many sample photos and we’re simply blown away. This feature alone makes this app worth buying already.  \n\nOur minor gripe has something to do with not being able to save a customized workflow. There are a bunch of options and features you can combine to achieve a certain look. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This becomes a problem if you forget what options you chose. A quick tap on the saved effect setting is going to solve this.\n\nCAMERA+ is not the type of app packed with any other random features just to be tagged as “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is definitely an amazing photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a wonderful app an avid iPhoneographer truly deserves.\n\n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Camera+','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision','','','2011-08-07 15:50:08','2011-08-07 15:50:08','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4625,14,'2011-08-07 15:55:07','2011-08-07 15:55:07','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\n\nCAMERA+ is an all-around photography app for the iPhone that does basically everything you want it to do for you. With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look right. In fact, this app does not only make images look right; it makes them look stunning.\n\n</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for the ultimate control\n<li>Various shooting modes for the ultimate versatility\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots\n<li>With photo flashlight\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr\n<li>Costs $1.99\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Intuitive user interface\n<li>Lots of creative filters for the artsy \n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects\n<li>Tons of borders available, and crop ratios too\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos\n•	Loads and works very fast\n\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\n\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for the best possible way to shoot photos. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will make you love your iPhone more as a photography equipment.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features it offers plus its speedy performance, CAMERA+ deserves to have a spot in your iPhone. No, it’s more than that. It deserves to be your go-to app for your iPhoneography needs.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came out in the market, CAMERA+ was already there changing and revolutionizing mobile photography.\n\nCAMERA+ basically does everything within the app– take photos, edit them using the presets available and adjust some other elements, and export them. \n\nOne of the most amazing features of this app is its capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use a couple of your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points prior to shooting an image. There are four (4) modes you can choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of these work very effectively especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app does not let you take a shot unless you’re holding the camera still. \n\nComposing a shot will not be a problem as there’s a grid overlay that can guide you in following the rule of thirds. When you are shooting under tough lighting condition, there’s a photo flash feature that can help you brighten up the scene. \n\nYou can then access the captured photo through CAMERA+’s Lightbox. It looks like a professional photographer’s lightbox with a number of recently processed slide films pinned for closer scrutiny. Here you can choose to add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are a handful of effects to choose from and we have to say that the app really offers a solid effects selection. If you still want to add some more, you can buy additional effects like the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack from the in-app store.\n\nTo add more zest to your photo, you can adjust its look through the Scene mode feature. There are options like Sunset, Portrait, and Backlit. One scene mode that we really like is Clarity. It transforms photos in a fantastic way. It intensifies the color rendition and adds some HDR look to it. We have seen many sample photos and we’re simply blown away. This feature alone makes this app worth buying already.  \n\nOur minor gripe has something to do with not being able to save a customized workflow. There are a bunch of options and features you can combine to achieve a certain look. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This becomes a problem if you forget what options you chose. A quick tap on the saved effect setting is going to solve this.\n\nCAMERA+ is not the type of app packed with any other random features just to be tagged as “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is definitely an amazing photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a wonderful app an avid iPhoneographer truly deserves.\n\n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Camera+','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-3','','','2011-08-07 15:55:07','2011-08-07 15:55:07','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4624,14,'2011-08-07 15:50:22','2011-08-07 15:50:22','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is an all-around photography app for the iPhone that does basically everything you want it to do for you. With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look right. In fact, this app does not only make images look right; it makes them look stunning.\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	Developed by tap tap tap\r\n	Touch Exposure and Focus for the ultimate control\r\n	Various shooting modes for the ultimate versatility\r\n	Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement\r\n	Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots\r\n	With photo flashlight\r\n	Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr\r\n	Costs $1.99\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n•	Intuitive user interface\r\n•	Lots of creative filters for the artsy \r\n•	Many useful scene modes and photo effects\r\n•	Tons of borders available, and crop ratios too\r\n•	Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos\r\n•	Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos\r\n•	Loads and works very fast\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n•	Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for the best possible way to shoot photos. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will make you love your iPhone more as a photography equipment.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features it offers plus its speedy performance, CAMERA+ deserves to have a spot in your iPhone. No, it’s more than that. It deserves to be your go-to app for your iPhoneography needs.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came out in the market, CAMERA+ was already there changing and revolutionizing mobile photography.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ basically does everything within the app– take photos, edit them using the presets available and adjust some other elements, and export them. \r\n\r\nOne of the most amazing features of this app is its capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use a couple of your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points prior to shooting an image. There are four (4) modes you can choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of these work very effectively especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app does not let you take a shot unless you’re holding the camera still. \r\n\r\nComposing a shot will not be a problem as there’s a grid overlay that can guide you in following the rule of thirds. When you are shooting under tough lighting condition, there’s a photo flash feature that can help you brighten up the scene. \r\n\r\nYou can then access the captured photo through CAMERA+’s Lightbox. It looks like a professional photographer’s lightbox with a number of recently processed slide films pinned for closer scrutiny. Here you can choose to add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are a handful of effects to choose from and we have to say that the app really offers a solid effects selection. If you still want to add some more, you can buy additional effects like the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nTo add more zest to your photo, you can adjust its look through the Scene mode feature. There are options like Sunset, Portrait, and Backlit. One scene mode that we really like is Clarity. It transforms photos in a fantastic way. It intensifies the color rendition and adds some HDR look to it. We have seen many sample photos and we’re simply blown away. This feature alone makes this app worth buying already.  \r\n\r\nOur minor gripe has something to do with not being able to save a customized workflow. There are a bunch of options and features you can combine to achieve a certain look. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This becomes a problem if you forget what options you chose. A quick tap on the saved effect setting is going to solve this.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is not the type of app packed with any other random features just to be tagged as “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is definitely an amazing photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a wonderful app an avid iPhoneographer truly deserves.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-2','','','2011-08-07 15:50:22','2011-08-07 15:50:22','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4626,14,'2011-08-07 15:55:51','2011-08-07 15:55:51','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is an all-around photography app for the iPhone that does basically everything you want it to do for you. With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look right. In fact, this app does not only make images look right; it makes them look stunning.\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for the ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for the ultimate versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>With photo flashlight</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of creative filters for the artsy </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available, and crop ratios too</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for the best possible way to shoot photos. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will make you love your iPhone more as a photography equipment.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features it offers plus its speedy performance, CAMERA+ deserves to have a spot in your iPhone. No, it’s more than that. It deserves to be your go-to app for your iPhoneography needs.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came out in the market, CAMERA+ was already there changing and revolutionizing mobile photography.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ basically does everything within the app– take photos, edit them using the presets available and adjust some other elements, and export them. \r\n\r\nOne of the most amazing features of this app is its capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use a couple of your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points prior to shooting an image. There are four (4) modes you can choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of these work very effectively especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app does not let you take a shot unless you’re holding the camera still. \r\n\r\nComposing a shot will not be a problem as there’s a grid overlay that can guide you in following the rule of thirds. When you are shooting under tough lighting condition, there’s a photo flash feature that can help you brighten up the scene. \r\n\r\nYou can then access the captured photo through CAMERA+’s Lightbox. It looks like a professional photographer’s lightbox with a number of recently processed slide films pinned for closer scrutiny. Here you can choose to add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are a handful of effects to choose from and we have to say that the app really offers a solid effects selection. If you still want to add some more, you can buy additional effects like the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nTo add more zest to your photo, you can adjust its look through the Scene mode feature. There are options like Sunset, Portrait, and Backlit. One scene mode that we really like is Clarity. It transforms photos in a fantastic way. It intensifies the color rendition and adds some HDR look to it. We have seen many sample photos and we’re simply blown away. This feature alone makes this app worth buying already.  \r\n\r\nOur minor gripe has something to do with not being able to save a customized workflow. There are a bunch of options and features you can combine to achieve a certain look. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This becomes a problem if you forget what options you chose. A quick tap on the saved effect setting is going to solve this.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is not the type of app packed with any other random features just to be tagged as “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is definitely an amazing photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a wonderful app an avid iPhoneographer truly deserves.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-4','','','2011-08-07 15:55:51','2011-08-07 15:55:51','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4627,14,'2011-08-29 08:00:32','2011-08-29 08:00:32','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\"><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"SwankoLab\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab-Logo.png\" alt=\"SwankoLab App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nSwankoLab, brought to you by the same folks who created Hipstamatic, takes us back into the era of pre-digital photography. Develop your photos in a virtual darkroom by \"mixing\" chemicals and creating your own developer recipes. It\'s fun and functional at the same time...doesn\'t get better than that! Or does it? \r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation (also known for Hipstamatic)</li>\r\n<li>Eight photo-altering \"chemicals\" come free with the app</li>\r\n<li>Purchase other chemicals at Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium (in-app)</li>\r\n<li>Create and save your own formulas</li>\r\n<li>Retina display support</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email and Facebook</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Stylish interface</li>\r\n<li>Good set of preloaded formulas</li>\r\n<li>Formulas can be saved for future reuse</li>\r\n<li>Nicely processed images</li>\r\n<li>Brings the experience of developing photos in a darkroom</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Mixing chemicals may turn off the impatient users</li>\r\n<li>User has to wait  for seconds while the app is processing the photo</li>\r\n<li>No way to fine-tune or preview the final result</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nSwankoLab is a great app for beginners - or anyone who has the time (and patience) to experiment with different effects in a virtual darkroom setting. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]A virtual darkroom on your pocket, SwankoLab provides a unique and fun way of developing (editing) your photos. The game-like element is great, but it\'s worth mentioning that the novelty factor may wear off given a few frustrating limitations. Also it\'s worth mentioning you\'ll need a fairly hefty dose of patience if you want to use this app for any length of time.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nSwankoLab is a harkening to the old-school days where photographers spent many a long hour developing their photos in a darkroom...the app is a virtual darkroom on your iPhone. SwankoLab lets you “develop” your photos by selecting from the preloaded formulas or by creating your own mix of virtual chemicals to create unique filters and effects.\r\n\r\nSwankoLab uses the photos you\'ve already taken with the native camera app (or other shooting apps). You begin your darkroom session by choosing a photo from the camera roll or another album, and then mixing up a batch of \"chemicals\". You\'ve got control over how much or how little of the chemical you add to your developing tray, and you also have the ability to layer chemicals to achieve whatever look you\'re going for. When you create a mix you like, just save the formula to the formula book so you can use it again in the future. \r\n\r\nSwankoLab also has a set of pre-loaded formulas to use, and if you want to add a few more chemicals to your collection you can shop through the in-app chemical store \"Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium\". What\'s great about Uncle Stu\'s Photo Emporium is the option to sign up for a lifetime of updates...for just a couple of bucks you can get all of the chemicals plus you\'ll receive new chemicals as they are released...definitely a more economical way to get a full shelf of chemicals. \r\n\r\nTargeted towards the adventurous and creative iPhoneographer, SwankoLab is definitely unique. As far as a creative, interactive, game-like interface goes it smashes the competition every time. It certainly gets a gold star for novelty factor. More importantly though, the app produces really great photos, with high-quality effects on par with that of it\'s sister app Hipstamatic. If you\'re looking for an app that produces Hipstamatic-type effects without having to shoot in Hipstamatic, SwankoLab is for you. \r\n\r\nNow, there are a few limitations here which you should be aware of before you buy. Because the app tries to mimic a true darkroom, the process of developing photos is certainly more tedious than other photo-editing apps. It is definitely a matter of trial-and-error as you process chemical formulas. You will need to invest quite a bit of time before you figure out what combinations you like the best. As if you were in a real darkroom, there is no way for you to preview or fine-tune the photo. If you get it wrong, it\'s a matter of trashing it and starting over again. \r\n\r\nIt also takes (quite a long) time for the app to “develop” the photo. If you\'re looking for a quick-fix edit, you will need to go elsewhere. Just keep reminding yourself \"Good things come to those who wait...\" Our last little gripe is the lack of sharing platforms, at present you can only share SwankoLab photos through Facebook; we would love to see at least Flickr and Twitter in the next update. \r\n\r\nDespite it’s shortcomings, app-addicts will surely appreciate the game-like feel, as the interface is totally different from other editing suites on the market. So with all that said, SwankoLab is a swanky (pun intended) app that produces high-quality effects, IF you\'ve got the time to play. Beware of the limitations before you buy. The nostalgic experience is fun and quirky, but it may not be for everyone...\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for SwankoLab App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give SwankoLab App 3.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','SwankoLab – A Darkroom For Your iPhone','','publish','open','open','','swankolab-darkroom-on-the-iphone','','','2011-08-30 12:23:22','2011-08-30 12:23:22','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4627',0,'post','',0),(4628,14,'2011-08-07 16:09:01','2011-08-07 16:09:01','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\"><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"SwankoLab\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab-Logo.png\" alt=\"SwankoLab App Logo\" />\n\nSWANKOLAB, developed by the same folks behind Hipstamatic, takes us back into the era of pre-digital photography where photos are developed inside a darkroom with utmost care. \n\n</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	Developed by Synthetic Infatuation\n	Eight photo-altering  chemicals\n	Purchase other chemicals at Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium \n	Create and save your own formulas\n	Retina display support\n	Share photos via email and Facebook\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Stylish interface\n•	Good set of preloaded formulas\n•	Formulas can be saved for future reuse\n•	Nicely processed images\n•	Brings the experience of developing photos in a darkroom\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Mixing chemicals may turn off the impatient users\n•	User has to wait  for seconds while the app is processing the photo\n•	No way to fine-tune or preview the final result\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nSWANKOLAB is perfect for beginners who have all the time – and patience! – in the world to experiment with different effects in a virtual darkroom setting. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]A virtual darkroom on your pocket, SwankoLab provides a fun way of interacting with and developing your photos. Use it sparingly though; the novelty factor may wear off after many uses. Also make sure to have a dose of medicine called patience.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nSWANKOLAB is basically a photo darkroom installed in an iPhone. It enables the user to “develop” a photo by selecting from the preloaded formulas or by trying out some virtual chemicals.\n\nFirst, users have to choose from the existing photos saved in their photo library or they can use other camera apps for taking shots before processing it in SWANKOLOAB. They can then mix and match the chemicals (including how small or big the volume of a chemical is) to create a desired look. Thankfully, the developer also enabled saving of custom formulas so users do not have to mix chemicals all over again to achieve the same effect in the future. Before the user gets too excited of dishing out chemicals left and right, the app limits the number of chemicals used.\n\nAs you tap on the bottles containing your preferred chemicals, the liquid comes out and gets poured on the darkroom tray. Turn on the switch and the timer will start to tick. You will see then that your photo gets submerged into the tray. You can slide the photo around it just like the real thing by moving your iPhone. After more than several seconds – which is quite long – the timer stops, then the photo is removed from the tray and gets pinned and hung up on a clothesline for display – again, just like the real thing.\n\nSWANKOLAB also brings you Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium, a darkroom supple catalogue that serves as an app store where you can get new chemicals for a fee. You can also choose to subscribe to the catalogue for a couple of dollars more for a lifetime supply of add-ons.\n\nTargeted towards the adventurous and creative iPhoneographer, SWANKOLAB’s success stems out from its uniqueness. Since the focus of the app is purely on the processing stage, somehow it helps the users appreciate the process of darkroom photography of the old times where every photo is crafted meticulously to achieve perfection. Mind you, the process of mixing and matching chemicals can get addicting at some point. Its most notable difference perhaps from a real darkroom is the use of chemicals instead of a stop bath and fixer.\n\nThis app also produces nice-looking photos, what with the unlimited amount of chemical combinations you can use. The experience becomes all the more enjoyable through the striking interface. After that, you can share over your work to Facebook or via mail.\n\nBecause the app tries to mimic a true darkroom to be authentic enough, SWANKOLAB also inherits some of its shortcomings. For one, the process of developing photos is very tedious. If you are unlucky, it will be a trial-and-error process of combining certain chemicals before you get your desired look. Like in the real darkroom setting, there is no way for you to preview or fine-tune the photo. If you got it wrong, you have to start all over again.\n\nIt also takes time for the app to “develop” the photo and we’re sure the impatient ones will not like it. It would have been better as well had the app incorporated sharing to other social networking sites like Flickr and Twitter, aside from Facebook.\n\nWith all these said, SWANKOLAB is a swanky app (no pun intended) that produces intense results. But with the limitations mentioned, it is just not for everyone. The nostalgic experience is admirable but there will come a time that it’ll get old. \n\n\n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for SwankoLab App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give SwankoLab App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/17681/swankolab-review-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">AppModo</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab comes highly recommended to photography fans everywhere. Not only is it a fun application to use, it also produces amazing results.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/swankolab-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“A gorgeous virtual darkroom in your pocket from the guys behind Hipstamatic. Could there be anything wrong with this picture?”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=496664&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab is not just about having fun mixing chemicals and getting your darkroom fix vicariously through Uncle Stu, however. The results produced by the app can be stunning.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','SwankoLab – Chemical Darkroom On The iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4627-revision','','','2011-08-07 16:09:01','2011-08-07 16:09:01','',4627,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4627-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4629,14,'2011-08-07 16:15:04','2011-08-07 16:15:04','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\"><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"SwankoLab\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab-Logo.png\" alt=\"SwankoLab App Logo\" />\n\nSWANKOLAB, developed by the same folks behind Hipstamatic, takes us back into the era of pre-digital photography where photos are developed inside a darkroom with utmost care. \n\n</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\n<li>Eight photo-altering  chemicals\n<li>Purchase other chemicals at Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium \n<li>Create and save your own formulas\n<li>Retina display support\n<li>Share photos via email and Facebook\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Stylish interface\n<li>Good set of preloaded formulas\n<li>Formulas can be saved for future reuse\n<li>Nicely processed images\n<li>Brings the experience of developing photos in a darkroom\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Mixing chemicals may turn off the impatient users\n<li>User has to wait  for seconds while the app is processing the photo\n<li>No way to fine-tune or preview the final result\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nSWANKOLAB is perfect for beginners who have all the time – and patience! – in the world to experiment with different effects in a virtual darkroom setting. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]A virtual darkroom on your pocket, SwankoLab provides a fun way of interacting with and developing your photos. Use it sparingly though; the novelty factor may wear off after many uses. Also make sure to have a dose of medicine called patience.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nSWANKOLAB is basically a photo darkroom installed in an iPhone. It enables the user to “develop” a photo by selecting from the preloaded formulas or by trying out some virtual chemicals.\n\nFirst, users have to choose from the existing photos saved in their photo library or they can use other camera apps for taking shots before processing it in SWANKOLOAB. They can then mix and match the chemicals (including how small or big the volume of a chemical is) to create a desired look. Thankfully, the developer also enabled saving of custom formulas so users do not have to mix chemicals all over again to achieve the same effect in the future. Before the user gets too excited of dishing out chemicals left and right, the app limits the number of chemicals used.\n\nAs you tap on the bottles containing your preferred chemicals, the liquid comes out and gets poured on the darkroom tray. Turn on the switch and the timer will start to tick. You will see then that your photo gets submerged into the tray. You can slide the photo around it just like the real thing by moving your iPhone. After more than several seconds – which is quite long – the timer stops, then the photo is removed from the tray and gets pinned and hung up on a clothesline for display – again, just like the real thing.\n\nSWANKOLAB also brings you Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium, a darkroom supple catalogue that serves as an app store where you can get new chemicals for a fee. You can also choose to subscribe to the catalogue for a couple of dollars more for a lifetime supply of add-ons.\n\nTargeted towards the adventurous and creative iPhoneographer, SWANKOLAB’s success stems out from its uniqueness. Since the focus of the app is purely on the processing stage, somehow it helps the users appreciate the process of darkroom photography of the old times where every photo is crafted meticulously to achieve perfection. Mind you, the process of mixing and matching chemicals can get addicting at some point. Its most notable difference perhaps from a real darkroom is the use of chemicals instead of a stop bath and fixer.\n\nThis app also produces nice-looking photos, what with the unlimited amount of chemical combinations you can use. The experience becomes all the more enjoyable through the striking interface. After that, you can share over your work to Facebook or via mail.\n\nBecause the app tries to mimic a true darkroom to be authentic enough, SWANKOLAB also inherits some of its shortcomings. For one, the process of developing photos is very tedious. If you are unlucky, it will be a trial-and-error process of combining certain chemicals before you get your desired look. Like in the real darkroom setting, there is no way for you to preview or fine-tune the photo. If you got it wrong, you have to start all over again.\n\nIt also takes time for the app to “develop” the photo and we’re sure the impatient ones will not like it. It would have been better as well had the app incorporated sharing to other social networking sites like Flickr and Twitter, aside from Facebook.\n\nWith all these said, SWANKOLAB is a swanky app (no pun intended) that produces intense results. But with the limitations mentioned, it is just not for everyone. The nostalgic experience is admirable but there will come a time that it’ll get old. \n\n\n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for SwankoLab App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give SwankoLab App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/17681/swankolab-review-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">AppModo</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab comes highly recommended to photography fans everywhere. Not only is it a fun application to use, it also produces amazing results.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/swankolab-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“A gorgeous virtual darkroom in your pocket from the guys behind Hipstamatic. Could there be anything wrong with this picture?”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=496664&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab is not just about having fun mixing chemicals and getting your darkroom fix vicariously through Uncle Stu, however. The results produced by the app can be stunning.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','SwankoLab – Chemical Darkroom On The iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4627-revision-2','','','2011-08-07 16:15:04','2011-08-07 16:15:04','',4627,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4627-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4630,14,'2011-08-07 16:16:00','2011-08-07 16:16:00','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\"><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"SwankoLab\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"SwankoLab\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab-Logo.png\" alt=\"SwankoLab App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nSWANKOLAB, developed by the same folks behind Hipstamatic, takes us back into the era of pre-digital photography where photos are developed inside a darkroom with utmost care. \r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Eight photo-altering  chemicals</li>\r\n<li>Purchase other chemicals at Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium </li>\r\n<li>Create and save your own formulas</li>\r\n<li>Retina display support</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email and Facebook</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Stylish interface</li>\r\n<li>Good set of preloaded formulas</li>\r\n<li>Formulas can be saved for future reuse</li>\r\n<li>Nicely processed images</li>\r\n<li>Brings the experience of developing photos in a darkroom</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Mixing chemicals may turn off the impatient users</li>\r\n<li>User has to wait  for seconds while the app is processing the photo</li>\r\n<li>No way to fine-tune or preview the final result</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nSWANKOLAB is perfect for beginners who have all the time – and patience! – in the world to experiment with different effects in a virtual darkroom setting. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]A virtual darkroom on your pocket, SwankoLab provides a fun way of interacting with and developing your photos. Use it sparingly though; the novelty factor may wear off after many uses. Also make sure to have a dose of medicine called patience.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nSWANKOLAB is basically a photo darkroom installed in an iPhone. It enables the user to “develop” a photo by selecting from the preloaded formulas or by trying out some virtual chemicals.\r\n\r\nFirst, users have to choose from the existing photos saved in their photo library or they can use other camera apps for taking shots before processing it in SWANKOLOAB. They can then mix and match the chemicals (including how small or big the volume of a chemical is) to create a desired look. Thankfully, the developer also enabled saving of custom formulas so users do not have to mix chemicals all over again to achieve the same effect in the future. Before the user gets too excited of dishing out chemicals left and right, the app limits the number of chemicals used.\r\n\r\nAs you tap on the bottles containing your preferred chemicals, the liquid comes out and gets poured on the darkroom tray. Turn on the switch and the timer will start to tick. You will see then that your photo gets submerged into the tray. You can slide the photo around it just like the real thing by moving your iPhone. After more than several seconds – which is quite long – the timer stops, then the photo is removed from the tray and gets pinned and hung up on a clothesline for display – again, just like the real thing.\r\n\r\nSWANKOLAB also brings you Uncle Stu’s Photo Emporium, a darkroom supple catalogue that serves as an app store where you can get new chemicals for a fee. You can also choose to subscribe to the catalogue for a couple of dollars more for a lifetime supply of add-ons.\r\n\r\nTargeted towards the adventurous and creative iPhoneographer, SWANKOLAB’s success stems out from its uniqueness. Since the focus of the app is purely on the processing stage, somehow it helps the users appreciate the process of darkroom photography of the old times where every photo is crafted meticulously to achieve perfection. Mind you, the process of mixing and matching chemicals can get addicting at some point. Its most notable difference perhaps from a real darkroom is the use of chemicals instead of a stop bath and fixer.\r\n\r\nThis app also produces nice-looking photos, what with the unlimited amount of chemical combinations you can use. The experience becomes all the more enjoyable through the striking interface. After that, you can share over your work to Facebook or via mail.\r\n\r\nBecause the app tries to mimic a true darkroom to be authentic enough, SWANKOLAB also inherits some of its shortcomings. For one, the process of developing photos is very tedious. If you are unlucky, it will be a trial-and-error process of combining certain chemicals before you get your desired look. Like in the real darkroom setting, there is no way for you to preview or fine-tune the photo. If you got it wrong, you have to start all over again.\r\n\r\nIt also takes time for the app to “develop” the photo and we’re sure the impatient ones will not like it. It would have been better as well had the app incorporated sharing to other social networking sites like Flickr and Twitter, aside from Facebook.\r\n\r\nWith all these said, SWANKOLAB is a swanky app (no pun intended) that produces intense results. But with the limitations mentioned, it is just not for everyone. The nostalgic experience is admirable but there will come a time that it’ll get old. \r\n\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for SwankoLab App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give SwankoLab App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/17681/swankolab-review-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">AppModo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab comes highly recommended to photography fans everywhere. Not only is it a fun application to use, it also produces amazing results.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/swankolab-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“A gorgeous virtual darkroom in your pocket from the guys behind Hipstamatic. Could there be anything wrong with this picture?”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=496664&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“SwankoLab is not just about having fun mixing chemicals and getting your darkroom fix vicariously through Uncle Stu, however. The results produced by the app can be stunning.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','SwankoLab – Chemical Darkroom On The iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4627-revision-3','','','2011-08-07 16:16:00','2011-08-07 16:16:00','',4627,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4627-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4632,14,'2011-08-07 15:36:47','2011-08-07 15:36:47','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS has a dozen of camera features that lets users take, edit, and share not only their images but also their videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app but not enough to beat the best. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\r\n<li>Video support</li>\r\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\r\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\r\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\r\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\r\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\r\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\r\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\r\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS is for the novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a dirt cheap iPhone app which can serve as a very able replacement for the built-in Camera app. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app. But when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and the new Top Camera, it comes up short to being an ultimate go-to app.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS maximizes the functionality of the native built-in camera of the iPhone by hoisting decent features that attempt to improve how users shoot photos. The basic – but perfectly necessary – ones are present: zoom, flash on/off, and use of both back and front camera. There’s also an anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blur in your shots as well as timer and burst modes.\r\n\r\nOne cool addition is the big button photography which transforms the majority of the interface into a huge button that shoots a photo. This is good if you’re the type who is all thumbs as you can just tap anywhere on your iPhone screen. This is in stark contrast of the painfully small button of the native camera app.\r\n\r\nAnother is the sound capture which triggers the app to shoot a photo when the mic picks up a sound. We think this is a rather unique feature we haven’t seen in other apps yet.\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects for users’ disposal. Though it gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others offer. If you want to have more room for creativity, you will be better off with say Camera+ which offers not just decent effects but also amazing ones.\r\n\r\nBut what we really have to commend about CAMERA GENIUS is the ability for user to share to multiple sites like Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, and MobileMe. Photos can also be shared all at once. It also provides a handy manual which serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer.\r\n\r\nAn average user perhaps will find it hard to manage a bunch of photo apps especially if they belong to the same category. Considering that CAMERA GENIUS is just a step above being mediocre for an all-around app, we feel that if there’s a dozen of this kind of app installed on our iPhone and we want to keep just the really good ones, this app will be one of the first to get the cut.\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\"TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera Genius - Decent At Best','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-4','','','2011-08-07 15:36:47','2011-08-07 15:36:47','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4760,5,'2011-08-19 10:14:49','2011-08-19 10:14:49','[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" categories=\"55\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\" sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" limit=\"9\" /]','iPhoneography App Reviews','','inherit','open','open','','1861-revision-3','','','2011-08-19 10:14:49','2011-08-19 10:14:49','',1861,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1861-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4415,16,'2011-08-03 10:42:46','2011-08-03 10:42:46','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [two_columns height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"150\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [/two_columns] [two_columns_last height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [/two_columns_last]   [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:16px; width:100%\"><center>[gplusone]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[like]</center></div>[/styledbox][/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','New Home Test','','inherit','open','open','','4398-revision-17','','','2011-08-03 10:42:46','2011-08-03 10:42:46','',4398,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4398-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(4416,16,'2011-08-03 10:43:31','2011-08-03 10:43:31','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [two_columns height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"150\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"150\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [/two_columns] [two_columns_last height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [/two_columns_last]   [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:16px; width:100%\"><center>[gplusone]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[like]</center></div>[/styledbox][/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','New Home Test','','inherit','open','open','','4398-revision-18','','','2011-08-03 10:43:31','2011-08-03 10:43:31','',4398,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4398-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(4417,16,'2011-08-03 10:43:52','2011-08-03 10:43:52','<div>[twothirds_columns height=\"450\" ] [two_columns height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"200\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ] [imageeffect type=\"lightbox\"  width=\"275\" height=\"200\"  alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/pstodslrsplash.png\"  ] [/styledbox] [/two_columns] [two_columns_last height=\"400\" border=\"noborder\"][styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\"  ]styled box content 1 [/styledbox] [/two_columns_last]   [/twothirds_columns] [onethird_columns_last height=\"450\" ] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<a href=\"?lightbox[width]=524&lightbox[height]=370#mailchimpform\" class=\"lightbox\"><img align=\"aligncenter\" style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 0px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/tipstricksad.jpg\" title=\"\" alt=\"\"></a>\r\n</center>[/styledbox] [styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"300\" ]<div style=\"float:left; margin-bottom:16px; width:100%\"><center>[gplusone]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[like]</center></div>[/styledbox][/onethird_columns_last] [hozbreak] </div>\r\n<p></p>\r\n<h2>What\'s New On The Beginners\' Lens</h2>\r\n[postgallery_grid content=\"textimage\" columns=\"4\"  categories=\"56,55,48,45,49,46,54\" shadow=\"shadow-xsmall\" id=\"0\" imageeffect=\"shadowreflection\" imgheight=\"129\" imgwidth=\"220\"  excerpt=\"40\"  limit=\"8\"  sortby=\"date\" orderby=\"DESC\" /] [hozbreaktop]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<div style=\"display: none;\">\r\n<div id=\"mailchimpform\"<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;} 	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;} --><!--[endif] -->\r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n\r\n<mce:style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\"><!  	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;} -->\r\n\r\n<!--[endif] -->\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\"><form id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10px;\" action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=2c20bfda51\" method=\"post\">\r\n<fieldset style=\"border-radius: 4px; border: 1px solid #ccc; padding-top: 1.5em; margin: .5em 0; background-color: #ffffff; color: #000; text-align: left;\">\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%; clear: both; overflow: hidden;\">\r\n\r\n<label style=\"display: block; margin: .3em 0; line-height: 1em; font-weight: bold;\" for=\"mce-EMAIL\">Email Address </label>\r\n\r\n<input id=\"mce-EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em; padding: .2em .3em; width: 90%; float: left; z-index: 999;\" name=\"EMAIL\" type=\"text\" /></div>\r\n<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left; top: -1.4em; padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em; overflow: hidden; width: 90%; margin: 0 5%; clear: both;\">\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n</div>\r\n<div><input id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both; width: auto; display: block; margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\" name=\"subscribe\" type=\"submit\" value=\"Access Tips\" /></div></fieldset>\r\n<a id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\" href=\"#\">Close</a>\r\n\r\n</form></div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">// <![CDATA[\r\n var fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\'; try {     var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;     jqueryLoaded=true; } catch(err) {     var jqueryLoaded=false; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; if (!jqueryLoaded) {     var script = document.createElement(\'script\');     script.type = \'text/javascript\';     script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';     head.appendChild(script);     if (script.readyState &#038;&#038; script.onload!==null){         script.onreadystatechange= function () {               if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();         }         } } var script = document.createElement(\'script\'); script.type = \'text/javascript\'; script.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\'; head.appendChild(script); var err_style = \'\'; try{     err_style = mc_custom_error_style; } catch(e){     err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\'; } var head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0]; var style= document.createElement(\'style\'); style.type= \'text/css\'; if (style.styleSheet) {   style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'; } else {   style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\')); } head.appendChild(style); setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250); var mce_preload_checks = 0; function mce_preload_check(){     if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&#038;id=2c20bfda51&#038;c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'DD\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[1].value==\'\' &#038;&#038; fields[2].value==\'\' ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n\r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'\r\n\r\n<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\r\n\r\n\';\r\n\r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n// ]]></script>\r\n\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]<strong>We\'ll send you a link to download the PDF. </strong><p>Enter you\'re email address to receive your link![/styledbox]\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\"  ]We respect your privacy. We will never share, rent or sell your information to ANYONE. You can unsubscribe any time.</div>[/styledbox]\r\n</div>','New Home Test','','inherit','open','open','','4398-revision-19','','','2011-08-03 10:43:52','2011-08-03 10:43:52','',4398,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4398-revision-19.html',0,'revision','',0),(3116,16,'2011-05-31 19:49:05','2011-05-31 19:49:05','','picasacover200','','inherit','open','open','','picasacover200','','','2011-05-31 19:49:05','2011-05-31 19:49:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/picasacover200.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4850,16,'2011-08-25 08:09:54','2011-08-25 08:09:54','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is an easy-to-use all-around photography app for the iPhone. What makes it so fantastic? It does basically everything you want it to do for you...simple! With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look great. In fact, this app does not only make images look great...it makes them look stunning!\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for extra versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of interesting and fun filters for getting creative </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Great crop ratios</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for a great alternative to the native camera app. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will turn your iPhone camera into a great bit of kit for iPhoneography!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features, plus super speedy performance, CAMERA+ is worthy of a prime location in your  iPhone app library. You might even say it\'s good enough to be your go-to app for shooting on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came into play, CAMERA+ was already changing mobile photography. CAMERA+ is another all-in-one app where you can do everything from take photos, edit them using the presets available, adjust other important elements, and export them...all with great ease and speed.  \r\n\r\nOne of the best features of this app is its many photo capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points before shooting to really customize the camera. There are four (4) shooting modes to choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of the modes work really well, especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app simply does not take a shot unless the camera is still enough to get a sharp photo. \r\n\r\nComposing within the app is easy using the grid overlay, which is great if you\'re using the rule of thirds to compose your shot. When you are shooting in low lighting conditions, there’s a photo flash feature that can help bring a little more light to the scene. \r\n\r\nBut it\'s the CAMERA+’s Lightbox that is a real feat of genius. Much like a professional photographer’s lightbox it shows a number of recently processed slide films pinned so you can take a better look at the details. In the lightbox you can add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are also a handful of effects to choose from, and it must be said that these are no flimsy effects, they\'re all really solid. If you\'re still looking for more effects, you can buy additional effects, such as the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack plus several more, from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nIn addition to the effects you can jazz up your photo a little bit more using the Scene modes. With options like Sunset, Portrait, Backlit and Clarity there\'s something great for every photo. We particularly like the Clarity mode as it transforms the photo, intensifying the color, and adding an HDR quality to the image. This feature alone makes this app purchase-worthy.  \r\n\r\nOur only (minor) gripe is not being able to save a customized workflow. There are lots of options and features within the app, and all can be combined to achieve the look you want, but unfortunately there\'s no way to save your custom settings together. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This is also a problem for those of us who use lots of creative filters and effects...how the heck are you supposed to remember what you\'ve done every time? Write it down? Nah, that\'s just inconvenient. So we\'re definitely hoping for this to be remedied in the next update! \r\n\r\nWhat we really love about CAMERA+ is that it\'s not the type of app packed with random features so that it can be tagged “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is a solid photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a useful app that does exactly what it says on the tin...or description...as the case may be. Solid recommendation from us! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+ - Exactly What You Need','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-10','','','2011-08-25 08:09:54','2011-08-25 08:09:54','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(3137,16,'2011-06-01 15:54:59','2011-06-01 15:54:59','If you upload photos to your Twitter account, you need to read this post!!\r\n\r\nRemember when Facebook tried to amend their privacy agreement stating that the photos uploaded to your Facebook account became the property of the website whereby  you relinquish all of your personal copyright? And do you also remember the backlash that Facebook took after this announcement? Well, last month, in a sneaky amendment to their Terms of Service, Twitter tried to gazump their users in the same way in a bid to gain the right to sell or sublicense your images to anyone they want.\r\n\r\n<div style=\"margin-right: 20px; width: 240px; position: relative; float: left;\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\"  width=\"220\" height=\"129\"  alt=\"Twitpic Logo\" url=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Twit.png\" ]</div><strong>Check out this passage from the amended Terms of Service:</strong>\r\n\r\n<em>You retain all ownership rights to Content uploaded to Twitpic. However, by submitting Content to Twitpic, you hereby grant Twitpic a worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-free, sublicenseable and transferable license to use, reproduce, distribute, prepare derivative works of, display, and perform the Content in connection with the Service and Twitpic’s (and its successors’ and affiliates’) business, including without limitation for promoting and redistributing part or all of the Service (and derivative works thereof) in any media formats and through any media channels. You also hereby grant each user of the Service a non-exclusive license to access your Content through the Service, and to use, reproduce, distribute, display and perform such Content as permitted through the functionality of the Service and under these Terms of Service. The above licenses granted by you in media Content you submit to the Service terminate within a commercially reasonable time after you remove or delete your media from the Service provided that any sub-license by Twitpic to use, reproduce or distribute the Content prior to such termination may be perpetual and irrevocable. </em>\r\n\r\n<strong>For those of you who might not understand (or care to try and translate) this legal speak, by agreeing to the above you essentially grant Twitpic:</strong>[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>the right to do whatever they like with the image including selling it, licensing it to whomever they like for whatever purpose, make derivatives (with their own adjustments to the image), or use your image to promote their own products and services.</li>\r\n<li>you also grant Twitpic the right to grant other people permission to use your photograph, for whatever purpose they require, just think, your Granny could be the next cover model for the Girls Gone Wild quarterly magazine.</li>\r\n<li>And the real icing on the cake here…Twitpic have a sublicense in place stating that even if you delete the images from your account, they still have the right to use the images. Sounds like a pretty sweet deal, if you live in a communist state.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nMany pro photogs and photography enthusiasts already know the value of retaining copyright and will be aware that sharing photos on the Internet poses a threat to copyright in and of itself given the nature of piracy and sharing anonymously on the web. Those in the know protect themselves by reading the terms and conditions wherever they upload their photographs, and by adding watermarks or other protective measures to their photos. But what many casual photographers don’t know is that by sharing your copyright with the Internet you are putting your name and reputation at risk. If you upload your photos to the Internet without looking into the copyright protection of the websites you upload to, you are essentially handing over your name, your brand (if you have one), and your images while shouting “go ahead and do what you want with it, I don’t care”! But you do care, don’t you?\r\n\r\n<strong>If you don’t care, you should.</strong>\r\n\r\nSo what’s the alternative for photographers using Twitter? First and foremost, you need to adjust the photo settings in your Twitter account, immediately – there are several options available including Posterous, MobyPhoto, or ImageShack who will not sell or distribute your content to any third parties or affiliates without your expressed permission. It’s also in your best interest to delete all of your old photos from Twitpic – certainly those that were taken before the 4th of May 2011…those taken after that date are subject to Twitpic’s new terms of service so don’t delay!\r\n\r\nThe lesson here is clear, read the terms of service, especially when uploading your copyrighted images. Goodbye Twitpic, I think I\'ll keep my copyright (and all the subsequent rights) thankyouverymuch. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Twitpic, You\'re Fired! ','','publish','open','open','','twitpic-youre-fired','','','2011-06-01 16:08:21','2011-06-01 16:08:21','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3137',0,'post','',0),(4849,16,'2011-08-25 08:08:12','2011-08-25 08:08:12','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is an easy-to-use all-around photography app for the iPhone. What makes it so fantastic? It does basically everything you want it to do for you...simple! With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look great. In fact, this app does not only make images look great...it makes them look stunning!\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for extra versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of interesting and fun filters for getting creative </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Great crop ratios</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for a great alternative to the native camera app. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will turn your iPhone camera into a great bit of kit for iPhoneography!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features, plus super speedy performance, CAMERA+ is worthy of a prime location in your  iPhone app library. You might even say it\'s good enough to be your go-to app for shooting on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came into play, CAMERA+ was already changing mobile photography. CAMERA+ is another all-in-one app where you can do everything from take photos, edit them using the presets available, adjust other important elements, and export them...all with great ease and speed.  \r\n\r\nOne of the best features of this app is its many photo capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points before shooting to really customize the camera. There are four (4) shooting modes to choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of the modes work really well, especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app simply does not take a shot unless the camera is still enough to get a sharp photo. \r\n\r\nComposing within the app is easy using the grid overlay, which is great if you\'re using the rule of thirds to compose your shot. When you are shooting in low lighting conditions, there’s a photo flash feature that can help bring a little more light to the scene. \r\n\r\nBut it\'s the CAMERA+’s Lightbox that is a real feat of genius. Much like a professional photographer’s lightbox it shows a number of recently processed slide films pinned so you can take a better look at the details. In the lightbox you can add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are also a handful of effects to choose from, and it must be said that these are no flimsy effects, they\'re all really solid. If you\'re still looking for more effects, you can buy additional effects, such as the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack plus several more, from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nIn addition to the effects you can jazz up your photo a little bit more using the Scene modes. With options like Sunset, Portrait, Backlit and Clarity there\'s something great for every photo. We particularly like the Clarity mode as it transforms the photo, intensifying the color, and adding an HDR quality to the image. This feature alone makes this app purchase-worthy.  \r\n\r\nOur only (minor) gripe is not being able to save a customized workflow. There are lots of options and features within the app, and all can be combined to achieve the look you want, but unfortunately there\'s no way to save your custom settings together. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This is also a problem for those of us who use lots of creative filters and effects...how the heck are you supposed to remember what you\'ve done every time? Write it down? Nah, that\'s just inconvenient. So we\'re definitely hoping for this to be remedied in the next update! \r\n\r\nWhat we really love about CAMERA+ is that it\'s not the type of app packed with random features so that it can be tagged “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is a solid photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a useful app that does exactly what it says on the tin...or description...as the case may be. Solid recommendation from us! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+ - Exactly What You Need','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-9','','','2011-08-25 08:08:12','2011-08-25 08:08:12','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4847,16,'2011-08-07 16:26:58','2011-08-07 16:26:58','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is an all-around photography app for the iPhone that does basically everything you want it to do for you. With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look right. In fact, this app does not only make images look right; it makes them look stunning.\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for the ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for the ultimate versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of creative filters for the artsy </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available, and crop ratios too</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for the best possible way to shoot photos. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will make you love your iPhone more as a photography equipment.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features it offers plus its speedy performance, CAMERA+ deserves to have a spot in your iPhone. No, it’s more than that. It deserves to be your go-to app for your iPhoneography needs.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came out in the market, CAMERA+ was already there changing and revolutionizing mobile photography.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ basically does everything within the app– take photos, edit them using the presets available and adjust some other elements, and export them. \r\n\r\nOne of the most amazing features of this app is its capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use a couple of your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points prior to shooting an image. There are four (4) modes you can choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of these work very effectively especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app does not let you take a shot unless you’re holding the camera still. \r\n\r\nComposing a shot will not be a problem as there’s a grid overlay that can guide you in following the rule of thirds. When you are shooting under tough lighting condition, there’s a photo flash feature that can help you brighten up the scene. \r\n\r\nYou can then access the captured photo through CAMERA+’s Lightbox. It looks like a professional photographer’s lightbox with a number of recently processed slide films pinned for closer scrutiny. Here you can choose to add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are a handful of effects to choose from and we have to say that the app really offers a solid effects selection. If you still want to add some more, you can buy additional effects like the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nTo add more zest to your photo, you can adjust its look through the Scene mode feature. There are options like Sunset, Portrait, and Backlit. One scene mode that we really like is Clarity. It transforms photos in a fantastic way. It intensifies the color rendition and adds some HDR look to it. We have seen many sample photos and we’re simply blown away. This feature alone makes this app worth buying already.  \r\n\r\nOur minor gripe has something to do with not being able to save a customized workflow. There are a bunch of options and features you can combine to achieve a certain look. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This becomes a problem if you forget what options you chose. A quick tap on the saved effect setting is going to solve this.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is not the type of app packed with any other random features just to be tagged as “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is definitely an amazing photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a wonderful app an avid iPhoneographer truly deserves.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+ - Exactly What You Need','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-7','','','2011-08-07 16:26:58','2011-08-07 16:26:58','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4848,16,'2011-08-25 08:07:42','2011-08-25 08:07:42','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is an easy-to-use all-around photography app for the iPhone. What makes it so fantastic? It does basically everything you want it to do for you...simple! With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look great. In fact, this app does not only make images look great; it makes them look stunning!\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for extra versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of interesting and fun filters for getting creative </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Great crop ratios</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for a great alternative to the native camera app. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will turn your iPhone camera into a great bit of kit for iPhoneography!\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features, plus super speedy performance, CAMERA+ is worthy of a prime location in your  iPhone app library. You might even say it\'s good enough to be your go-to app for shooting on your iPhone![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came into play, CAMERA+ was already changing mobile photography. CAMERA+ is another all-in-one app where you can do everything from take photos, edit them using the presets available, adjust other important elements, and export them...all with great ease and speed.  \r\n\r\nOne of the best features of this app is its many photo capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points before shooting to really customize the camera. There are four (4) shooting modes to choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of the modes work really well, especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app simply does not take a shot unless the camera is still enough to get a sharp photo. \r\n\r\nComposing within the app is easy using the grid overlay, which is great if you\'re using the rule of thirds to compose your shot. When you are shooting in low lighting conditions, there’s a photo flash feature that can help bring a little more light to the scene. \r\n\r\nBut it\'s the CAMERA+’s Lightbox that is a real feat of genius. Much like a professional photographer’s lightbox it shows a number of recently processed slide films pinned so you can take a better look at the details. In the lightbox you can add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are also a handful of effects to choose from, and it must be said that these are no flimsy effects, they\'re all really solid. If you\'re still looking for more effects, you can buy additional effects, such as the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack plus several more, from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nIn addition to the effects you can jazz up your photo a little bit more using the Scene modes. With options like Sunset, Portrait, Backlit and Clarity there\'s something great for every photo. We particularly like the Clarity mode as it transforms the photo, intensifying the color, and adding an HDR quality to the image. This feature alone makes this app purchase-worthy.  \r\n\r\nOur only (minor) gripe is not being able to save a customized workflow. There are lots of options and features within the app, and all can be combined to achieve the look you want, but unfortunately there\'s no way to save your custom settings together. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This is also a problem for those of us who use lots of creative filters and effects...how the heck are you supposed to remember what you\'ve done every time? Write it down? Nah, that\'s just inconvenient. So we\'re definitely hoping for this to be remedied in the next update! \r\n\r\nWhat we really love about CAMERA+ is that it\'s not the type of app packed with random features so that it can be tagged “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is a solid photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a useful app that does exactly what it says on the tin...or description...as the case may be. Solid recommendation from us! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+ - Exactly What You Need','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-8','','','2011-08-25 08:07:42','2011-08-25 08:07:42','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(3121,16,'2011-05-31 20:12:07','2011-05-31 20:12:07','','tipscover190h','','inherit','open','open','','tipscover190h','','','2011-05-31 20:12:07','2011-05-31 20:12:07','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/tipscover190h.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4843,16,'2011-08-24 19:58:16','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler - http://tinyurl.com/3n7qett','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-24 19:58:16','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4843',0,'tweet','',0),(4844,16,'2011-08-24 22:58:19','2011-08-24 22:58:19','ok','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler - http://tinyurl.com/3wt3jjq','','publish','open','open','','iphoneography-with-harry-sandler-httptinyurl-com3wt3jjq','','','2011-08-24 22:58:19','2011-08-24 22:58:19','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/tweet/iphoneography-with-harry-sandler-httptinyurl-com3wt3jjq',0,'tweet','',0),(4845,16,'2011-08-25 01:58:19','2011-08-25 01:58:19','ok','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler - http://tinyurl.com/3pyuznv','','publish','open','open','','iphoneography-with-harry-sandler-httptinyurl-com3pyuznv','','','2011-08-25 01:58:19','2011-08-25 01:58:19','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/tweet/iphoneography-with-harry-sandler-httptinyurl-com3pyuznv',0,'tweet','',0),(4846,16,'2011-08-24 15:02:31','2011-08-24 15:02:31','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS has a dozen of camera features that lets users take, edit, and share not only their images but also their videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app but not enough to beat the best. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\r\n<li>Video support</li>\r\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\r\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\r\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\r\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\r\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\r\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\r\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\r\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS is for the novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a dirt cheap iPhone app which can serve as a very able replacement for the built-in Camera app. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app. But when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and the new Top Camera, it comes up short to being an ultimate go-to app.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS maximizes the functionality of the native built-in camera of the iPhone by hoisting decent features that attempt to improve how users shoot photos. The basic – but perfectly necessary – ones are present: zoom, flash on/off, and use of both back and front camera. There’s also an anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blur in your shots as well as timer and burst modes.\r\n\r\nOne cool addition is the big button photography which transforms the majority of the interface into a huge button that shoots a photo. This is good if you’re the type who is all thumbs as you can just tap anywhere on your iPhone screen. This is in stark contrast of the painfully small button of the native camera app.\r\n\r\nAnother is the sound capture which triggers the app to shoot a photo when the mic picks up a sound. We think this is a rather unique feature we haven’t seen in other apps yet.\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects for users’ disposal. Though it gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others offer. If you want to have more room for creativity, you will be better off with say Camera+ which offers not just decent effects but also amazing ones.\r\n\r\nBut what we really have to commend about CAMERA GENIUS is the ability for user to share to multiple sites like Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, and MobileMe. Photos can also be shared all at once. It also provides a handy manual which serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer.\r\n\r\nAn average user perhaps will find it hard to manage a bunch of photo apps especially if they belong to the same category. Considering that CAMERA GENIUS is just a step above being mediocre for an all-around app, we feel that if there’s a dozen of this kind of app installed on our iPhone and we want to keep just the really good ones, this app will be one of the first to get the cut.\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Camera Genius App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera Genius - Decent At Best','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-7','','','2011-08-24 15:02:31','2011-08-24 15:02:31','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4842,5,'2011-08-24 19:15:54','2011-08-24 19:15:54','This week we return with another fantastic interview from American iPhoneographer Harry Sandler. A photographer and iPhoneographer, Harry teaches 2-day workshops on using your iPhone as a camera. Harry will also make a guest appearance giving an artist talk to coincide with a show of his work at the Renaissance Gallery in Carmel, Indiana, USA on the 9th of September 2011...be sure to check it out if you can! For now, here\'s Harry\'s take on iPhoneography!   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"264\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \r\n\r\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. What that means is, I use my iPhone to see what the camera is seeing, so it basically becomes my composing screen or viewfinder. Take a look at the image below to get a better idea of how I use my iPhone with my camera. And of course, as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler - iPhone with ALPA camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Alpa.jpeg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is out there to see what it might have to offer, and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add it into my workflow.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it is important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nNot really - but it is important to try and find your own authenticity and to use all the tools in your repertoire to create your own image types. When I teach I stress knowing where the medium came from, and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"357\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Shoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.</li>\r\n<li>Keep making images and learning! Get involved with other iPhoneographers, and learn from each other. </li>\r\n<li>It\'s also very important to learn how to manage your resolution, as it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers. If you are going to print your work this becomes very important, and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some apps...they put the dialog in the strangest places!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"416\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit more about your iPhoneography workshops...</h4>\r\n\r\nI hold 2-day workshops in the town of Carmel, Indiana. You can read more about them <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/?ref=home#!/event.php?eid=238585306172778 \" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneography Workshops\">here</a>. I teach beginners and up but must stress that I teach photography using the iPhone not just iPhoneography. There is a difference in my mind. I see the iPhone as a powerful and creative tool but it is just that - a tool like any other camera. My workshops cover set-up, image making, resolution, applications, folder structure, transfer of images, and we end the class with how to export and print the images.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Harry\'s work at the following: \r\n<a href=\"http://harrysandler.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneographer Website\">Harrysandler.com</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://HSandler.blogspot.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneographer Blog\">Harry Sandler\'s Blog</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler iPhone Antics Blog</a>','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision-26','','','2011-08-24 19:15:54','2011-08-24 19:15:54','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision-26.html',0,'revision','',0),(3431,16,'2011-06-14 16:09:57','2011-06-14 16:09:57','','psfeatured','','inherit','open','open','','psfeatured','','','2011-06-14 16:09:57','2011-06-14 16:09:57','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/psfeatured.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4835,5,'2011-08-24 15:10:33','2011-08-24 15:10:33','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have sent emails to all of the winners, if you are a winner and you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\n\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-14','','','2011-08-24 15:10:33','2011-08-24 15:10:33','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(4836,5,'2011-08-24 15:11:36','2011-08-24 15:11:36','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have sent emails to all of the winners, if you are a winner and you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\n\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-15','','','2011-08-24 15:11:36','2011-08-24 15:11:36','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(4837,5,'2011-08-24 15:12:05','2011-08-24 15:12:05','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have sent emails to all of the winners, if you are a winner and you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\n\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-16','','','2011-08-24 15:12:05','2011-08-24 15:12:05','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(4838,16,'2011-08-24 15:12:31','2011-08-24 15:12:31','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have sent emails to all of the winners, if you are a winner and you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\n\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-17','','','2011-08-24 15:12:31','2011-08-24 15:12:31','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(4839,16,'2011-08-24 15:13:26','2011-08-24 15:13:26','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have sent emails to all of the winners, if you are a winner and you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\n\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-18','','','2011-08-24 15:13:26','2011-08-24 15:13:26','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-18.html',0,'revision','',0),(4840,5,'2011-08-24 14:42:30','2011-08-24 14:42:30','This week we return with another fantastic interview from American iPhoneographer Harry Sandler. A photographer and iPhoneographer, Harry teaches 2-day workshops on using your iPhone as a camera. Harry will also make a guest appearance giving an artist talk to coincide with a show of his work at the Renaissance Gallery in Carmel, Indiana, USA on the 9th of September 2011...be sure to check it out if you can! For now, here\'s Harry\'s take on iPhoneography!   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"264\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h4>Tell us a bit about yourself and how you got into iPhoneography</h4>\r\n\r\nI first started with Phoneography approximately May 2008. I retired and immediately dumped my blackberry for the iPhone - it was after that I discovered image making with the iPhone. Eerily it reminded me of a Polaroid camera my father gave me when I was 8 years old, where I could now get instant images but with the added ability of processing and managing the image!\r\n\r\n<h4>What does iPhoneography mean to you? How is it different from regular photography?</h4>\r\n\r\nFor one, and this will seem repetitive, it is always with me. With immediate access to different camera applications it gives me so many choices to capture an image. \r\n\r\nAdditionally, I use the iPhone as a ground glass for my high resolution technical camera. It keeps me from having to remove the digital back and put on a ground glass for composition. What that means is, I use my iPhone to see what the camera is seeing, so it basically becomes my composing screen or viewfinder. Take a look at the image below to get a better idea of how I use my iPhone with my camera. And of course, as a bonus my iPhone has become a visual diary. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler - iPhone with ALPA camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Alpa.jpeg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe your iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nFairly straight ahead...with a few twists and turns. I am a firm believer in not using applications for the sake of applications. Don\'t get me wrong, I\'ve tried almost every application that is out there to see what it might have to offer, and I do occasionally trip on to something that works for me, in which case I will immediately add it into my workflow.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do you think it is important to have an iPhoneography style?</h4>\r\n\r\nNot really - but it is important to try and find your own authenticity and to use all the tools in your repertoire to create your own image types. When I teach I stress knowing where the medium came from, and paying homage to those who came before. I believe this is important wherever your creativity lies.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"357\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips could you share with budding iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Shoot shoot shoot, play play play! To quote Malcolm Gladwell, get in your 10,000 hours learning your craft. Also make use of Facebook and other social media to study the work of others.</li>\r\n<li>Keep making images and learning! Get involved with other iPhoneographers, and learn from each other. </li>\r\n<li>It\'s also very important to learn how to manage your resolution, as it is often overlooked with iPhoneographers. If you are going to print your work this becomes very important, and keeping the resolution up is not that intuitive in some apps...they put the dialog in the strangest places!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"450\" height=\"416\"  alt=\"iPhoneography with Harry Sandler\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/harry2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit more about your iPhoneography workshops...</h4>\r\n\r\nI hold 2-day workshops in the town of Carmel, Indiana. You can read more about them <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/?ref=home#!/event.php?eid=238585306172778 \" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneography Workshops\">here</a>. I teach beginners and up but must stress that I teach photography using the iPhone not just iPhoneography. There is a difference in my mind. I see the iPhone as a powerful and creative tool but it is just that - a tool like any other camera. My workshops cover set-up, image making, resolution, applications, folder structure, transfer of images, and we end the class with how to export and print the images.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Harry\'s work at the following: \r\n<a href=\"http://harrysandler.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneographer Website\">Harrysandler.com</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://HSandler.blogspot.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhoneographer Blog\">Harry Sandler\'s Blog</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://iphone-antics.blogspot.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler iPhone Antics\">Harry Sandler iPhone Antics Blog</a>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.renaissancefineartandesign.com\" title=\"Harry Sandler appearing at Renaissance Fine Arts and Design\">Harry Sandler Artist Talk & Preview, Renaissance Fine Arts & Design</a>','iPhoneography with Harry Sandler','','inherit','open','open','','4741-revision-24','','','2011-08-24 14:42:30','2011-08-24 14:42:30','',4741,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4741-revision-24.html',0,'revision','',0),(4831,16,'2011-08-24 15:00:53','2011-08-24 15:00:53','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-11','','','2011-08-24 15:00:53','2011-08-24 15:00:53','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4832,16,'2011-08-24 15:02:53','2011-08-24 15:02:53','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-12','','','2011-08-24 15:02:53','2011-08-24 15:02:53','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5044,16,'2011-09-01 15:54:26','2011-09-01 15:54:26','<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"550\" align=\"left\"]Sign up to The Beginners Lens Weekly Snapshot and get all of our <strong>tips, tricks, reviews, and news straight into your inbox!</strong> \r\n <!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n<style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\">\r\n	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;}\r\n	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;}\r\n</style>\r\n<![endif]--> \r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n<style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\">\r\n	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;}\r\n</style>\r\n<![endif]-->\r\n\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\r\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=fe2dfd9e3e\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif;font-size: 10px;\">\r\n	<fieldset style=\"-moz-border-radius: 4px;border-radius: 4px;-webkit-border-radius: 4px;border: 1px solid #ccc;padding-top: 1.5em;margin: .5em 0;background-color: #fff;color: #000;text-align: left;\">\r\n	<legend style=\"white-space: normal;text-transform: capitalize;font-weight: bold;color: #000;background: #fff;padding: .5em 1em;border: 1px solid #ccc;-moz-border-radius: 4px;border-radius: 4px;-webkit-border-radius: 4px;font-size: 1.2em;\"><span>Get on board!</span></legend>\r\n<div class=\"indicate-required\" style=\"text-align: right;font-style: italic;overflow: hidden;color: #000;margin: 0 9% 0 0;\">* indicates required</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%;clear: both;overflow: hidden;\">\r\n<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\" style=\"display: block;margin: .3em 0;line-height: 1em;font-weight: bold;\">Email Address <strong class=\"note-required\">*</strong>\r\n</label>\r\n<input type=\"text\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em;padding: .2em .3em;width: 90%;float: left;z-index: 999;\">\r\n</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%;clear: both;overflow: hidden;\">\r\n<label for=\"mce-FNAME\" style=\"display: block;margin: .3em 0;line-height: 1em;font-weight: bold;\">First Name <strong class=\"note-required\">*</strong>\r\n</label>\r\n<input type=\"text\" value=\"\" name=\"FNAME\" class=\"required\" id=\"mce-FNAME\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em;padding: .2em .3em;width: 90%;float: left;z-index: 999;\">\r\n</div>\r\n		<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left;top: -1.4em;padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em;overflow: hidden;width: 90%;margin: 0 5%;clear: both;\">\r\n			<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-error-response\" style=\"display: none;margin: 1em 0;padding: 1em .5em .5em 0;font-weight: bold;float: left;top: -1.5em;z-index: 1;width: 80%;background: FBE3E4;color: #D12F19;\"></div>\r\n			<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-success-response\" style=\"display: none;margin: 1em 0;padding: 1em .5em .5em 0;font-weight: bold;float: left;top: -1.5em;z-index: 1;width: 80%;background: #E3FBE4;color: #529214;\"></div>\r\n		</div>\r\n		<div><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both;width: auto;display: block;margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\"></div>\r\n	</fieldset>	\r\n	<a href=\"#\" id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\">Close</a>\r\n</form>\r\n</div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\r\nvar fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\';fnames[1]=\'FNAME\';ftypes[1]=\'text\';fnames[2]=\'LNAME\';ftypes[2]=\'text\';fnames[3]=\'MMERGE3\';ftypes[3]=\'number\';fnames[4]=\'MMERGE4\';ftypes[4]=\'text\';fnames[5]=\'MMERGE5\';ftypes[5]=\'text\';fnames[6]=\'MMERGE6\';ftypes[6]=\'text\';fnames[7]=\'MMERGE7\';ftypes[7]=\'text\';fnames[8]=\'MMERGE8\';ftypes[8]=\'text\';fnames[9]=\'MMERGE9\';ftypes[9]=\'text\';\r\ntry {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    jqueryLoaded=true;\r\n} catch(err) {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=false;\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nif (!jqueryLoaded) {\r\n    var script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\n    script.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\n    script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';\r\n    head.appendChild(script);\r\n    if (script.readyState && script.onload!==null){\r\n        script.onreadystatechange= function () {\r\n              if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();\r\n        }    \r\n    }\r\n}\r\nvar script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\nscript.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\nscript.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\';\r\nhead.appendChild(script);\r\nvar err_style = \'\';\r\ntry{\r\n    err_style = mc_custom_error_style;\r\n} catch(e){\r\n    err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\';\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nvar style= document.createElement(\'style\');\r\nstyle.type= \'text/css\';\r\nif (style.styleSheet) {\r\n  style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\';\r\n} else {\r\n  style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'));\r\n}\r\nhead.appendChild(style);\r\nsetTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n\r\nvar mce_preload_checks = 0;\r\nfunction mce_preload_check(){\r\n    if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").unbind(\'submit\');//remove the validator so we can get into beforeSubmit on the ajaxform, which then calls the validator\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&id=fe2dfd9e3e&c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        var bday = false;\r\n                                        if (fields.length == 2){\r\n                                            bday = true;\r\n                                            fields[2] = {\'value\':1970};//trick birthdays into having years\r\n                                        }\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' && fields[1].value==\'DD\' && (fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' && fields[1].value==\'\' && (fields[2].value==\'\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n      \r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\';\r\n                \r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n\r\n</script>\r\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->[/styledbox]\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n','Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot! ','','publish','open','open','','sign-up-to-the-weekly-snapshot','','','2011-09-01 18:57:57','2011-09-01 18:57:57','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?page_id=5044',0,'page','',0),(4834,5,'2011-08-24 15:05:28','2011-08-24 15:05:28','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have sent emails to all of the winners, if you are a winner and you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\n\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-13','','','2011-08-24 15:05:28','2011-08-24 15:05:28','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(4826,16,'2011-08-24 15:20:37','2011-08-24 15:20:37','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have sent emails to all of the winners, if you are a winner and you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\n\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-autosave','','','2011-08-24 15:20:37','2011-08-24 15:20:37','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4827,16,'2011-08-24 14:58:56','2011-08-24 14:58:56','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nMost of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-8','','','2011-08-24 14:58:56','2011-08-24 14:58:56','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4828,16,'2011-08-24 14:59:25','2011-08-24 14:59:25','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nMost of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-9','','','2011-08-24 14:59:25','2011-08-24 14:59:25','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4829,16,'2011-08-24 15:00:18','2011-08-24 15:00:18','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-10','','','2011-08-24 15:00:18','2011-08-24 15:00:18','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4830,16,'2011-08-07 16:22:36','2011-08-07 16:22:36','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS has a dozen of camera features that lets users take, edit, and share not only their images but also their videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app but not enough to beat the best. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\r\n<li>Video support</li>\r\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\r\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\r\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\r\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\r\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\r\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\r\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\r\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS is for the novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a dirt cheap iPhone app which can serve as a very able replacement for the built-in Camera app. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app. But when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and the new Top Camera, it comes up short to being an ultimate go-to app.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS maximizes the functionality of the native built-in camera of the iPhone by hoisting decent features that attempt to improve how users shoot photos. The basic – but perfectly necessary – ones are present: zoom, flash on/off, and use of both back and front camera. There’s also an anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blur in your shots as well as timer and burst modes.\r\n\r\nOne cool addition is the big button photography which transforms the majority of the interface into a huge button that shoots a photo. This is good if you’re the type who is all thumbs as you can just tap anywhere on your iPhone screen. This is in stark contrast of the painfully small button of the native camera app.\r\n\r\nAnother is the sound capture which triggers the app to shoot a photo when the mic picks up a sound. We think this is a rather unique feature we haven’t seen in other apps yet.\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects for users’ disposal. Though it gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others offer. If you want to have more room for creativity, you will be better off with say Camera+ which offers not just decent effects but also amazing ones.\r\n\r\nBut what we really have to commend about CAMERA GENIUS is the ability for user to share to multiple sites like Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, and MobileMe. Photos can also be shared all at once. It also provides a handy manual which serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer.\r\n\r\nAn average user perhaps will find it hard to manage a bunch of photo apps especially if they belong to the same category. Considering that CAMERA GENIUS is just a step above being mediocre for an all-around app, we feel that if there’s a dozen of this kind of app installed on our iPhone and we want to keep just the really good ones, this app will be one of the first to get the cut.\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Camera Genius App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera Genius - Decent At Best','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-6','','','2011-08-07 16:22:36','2011-08-07 16:22:36','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4821,16,'2011-08-24 14:55:58','2011-08-24 14:55:58','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nMost of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-3','','','2011-08-24 14:55:58','2011-08-24 14:55:58','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4822,16,'2011-08-24 14:56:15','2011-08-24 14:56:15','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nMost of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-4','','','2011-08-24 14:56:15','2011-08-24 14:56:15','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4823,16,'2011-08-24 14:57:56','2011-08-24 14:57:56','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nMost of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-5','','','2011-08-24 14:57:56','2011-08-24 14:57:56','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4824,16,'2011-08-24 14:58:10','2011-08-24 14:58:10','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nMost of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-6','','','2011-08-24 14:58:10','2011-08-24 14:58:10','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4825,16,'2011-08-24 14:58:31','2011-08-24 14:58:31','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]\r\n\r\nMost of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have contacted all of the winners...if that\'s you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','inherit','open','open','','4814-revision-7','','','2011-08-24 14:58:31','2011-08-24 14:58:31','',4814,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4814-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5045,16,'2011-09-01 15:49:28','2011-09-01 15:49:28','','Sign Up To The Weekly Snapshot! ','','inherit','open','open','','5044-revision','','','2011-09-01 15:49:28','2011-09-01 15:49:28','',5044,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5044-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4814,16,'2011-08-24 14:58:10','2011-08-24 14:58:10','Most of you know we\'ve recently run a competition to support the launch of The Beginners Lens and we are so very pleased to announce the winners for The Big App Giveaway!!\r\n\r\n\r\nThe winners are:\r\n1.	Michele Mauldin - $100 iTunes Card\r\n2.	Diana Fuster - $50 iTunes Card\r\n3.	Virginia Evans - $15 iTunes Card\r\n4.	Christina Moore - $15 iTunes Card\r\n5.	Christine Sangalang - $15 iTunes Card\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"300\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/winners.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBIG Congratulations to all of the winners! We have sent emails to all of the winners, if you are a winner and you and you haven\'t heard from us, please be sure to get in touch!\r\n\r\nAs you may have noticed, we have an all women winning lineup! The results were totally random (though there were also a few more female participants - 53%)! Better luck next time guys!! We used random.org to select winners - we generated a random set of 5 numbers that were applied to the sequence of numbers attributed by Wildfire (the contest host) to each participant. Here\'s the image from the random.org number generator.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"226\"  alt=\"Random.org number generator \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p> \r\n\r\nCommiserations if you haven\'t won this time…but don\'t worry, we\'ll be hosting regular competitions so be sure to keep up-to-date with our Facebook, Twitter (@TheBeginnersL), and of course keep checking the website to be sure you never miss another chance. As always, please share your fantastic iPhone photographs with us here or through Facebook - we look forward to seeing what our readers are shooting!!\r\n\r\nUntil next time, happy shooting from Guy, Audrey and all of us at The Beginners Lens!\r\n\r\n','Announcing The Big App Giveaway Winners! ','','publish','open','open','','announcing-the-big-app-giveaway-winners','','','2011-08-24 15:20:49','2011-08-24 15:20:49','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4814',0,'post','',0),(4816,16,'2011-08-24 14:44:04','2011-08-24 14:44:04','','random','','inherit','open','open','','random','','','2011-08-24 14:44:04','2011-08-24 14:44:04','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/random.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),